400 SERIES
2 00 SERIES
ARCHITECTURAL
2011-12
PRODUCT
GUIDE
FOR PROFESSIONALS
OVERVIEW
ANDERSEN ADVANTAGES
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
PRODUCTS AT A GLANCE
INSTALLATION DETAILS
1
10
20
32
400 SERIES
Casement & Awning Windows
Replacement Casement & Awning Windows
Woodwright® Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows
Woodwright® Double-Hung Insert Windows
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows
Conversion Kit & Combination Unit
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert Windows
Bay & Bow Windows
Gliding Windows
Specialty Windows
Art Glass
Exterior Trim
Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Doors
Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Doors — Inswing
Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Doors — Outswing
Frenchwood® Patio Door Sidelights & Transoms
35
53
57
75
81
92
93
99
113
119
139
141
145
153
163
171
Andersen makes windows and doors
that meet ENERGY STAR® performance
requirements throughout the U.S. and
Canada. Andersen Corporation has
earned the 2011 ENERGY STAR®
Partner of the Year award.
ARCHITECTURAL
Casement Windows
Monumental Double-Hung Windows
Specialty Windows
Folding Outswing Patio Doors
Curved Top Patio Doors
Entranceways (residential)
Entranceways (transoms)
Entranceways (commercial)
175
181
185
189
195
203
213
215
EXTERIOR TRIM
The exterior trim that installs
in about five minutes per window.
Available in 11 colors. Page 10
200 SERIES
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
Narroline® Double-Hung Windows
Gliding Windows
Narroline® Gliding Patio Doors
Perma-Shield® Gliding Patio Doors
Hinged Patio Doors — Inswing
219
225
231
237
245
251
Combination Designs
Performance/Sustainability
ENERGY STAR®
Warranty
259
269
276
281
WHAT’S NEW
FROM
ANDERSEN
400 SERIES FRENCHWOOD®
GLIDING PATIO DOOR
REPLACEMENT
SOLUTIONS
The 400 Series replacement
casement window and tilt-wash
insert join the Andersen®
replacement product portfolio.
Page 6
FOLDING PATIO DOORS
When closed, they are a stately wall of
light. When open, they fold virtually out
of sight. Choose from configurations up
to 48 feet wide. Page 31
NEW 400 SERIES
TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG
INSERT WINDOW
NEW 400 SERIES
REPLACEMENT
CASEMENT WINDOW
400 SERIES WOODWRIGHT®
DOUBLE-HUNG INSERT WINDOW
ALBANY HARDWARE
HARDWAR
Provides traditional styling for both
b
Andersen®
hinged and gliding patio doors. Features two
new finishes, Black and Gold D
Dust, plus
Stone or White. Page 17
ARCHITECTURAL
CTURAL
ENTRANCEWAYS
CEWAYS
Available in dramatic shapes and sizes, these
beautiful, handcrafted entranceways
ways create a
signature statement.
nt. Page 30
1
Now more than ever, Andersen offers what you need
to design, build, remodel and replace. More custom
sizes for more products. More service coverage
from coast to coast. More tools that add speed and
professionalism to how you create plans, generate
quotes and specify products. All in addition to the things
that have made Andersen an industry leader for over
100 years — including the energy efficiency customers
demand, a history of environmental stewardship,
the backing of a renowned limited warranty and the
confidence that comes from working with products
crafted for the long run*.
WHATEVER YOUR PROJECT,
ANDERSEN
DELIVERS
*For details, go to andersenwindows.com/warranty.
2
Andersen has both the products and the design tools you need for virtually any project.
With a wide range of windows and doors, a variety of interior finishes and a large palette
of colors, it’s easy to create the look you want. You’ll also find the tools you need to bring your
vision to life, including Andersen® Window Studio® software — a powerful, stand-alone design tool
with the features you need to create simple or sophisticated designs using Andersen® products.
For additional design tools, visit andersenwindows.com/arg.
BUILD
Andersen is the most trusted window brand among builders. With good reason. Our extensive
collection of products offers the ability to deliver aesthetics and reliable performance in any
climate. And our vast dealer network is there for you, from project design to closing, with industryleading support and service.
REMODEL
Whether you are matching existing architecture, delivering energy efficiency or fitting budgets
your customers demand, Andersen can help. We offer a broad portfolio of products — all
renowned for their long-lasting,* energy-efficient, low-maintenance designs. With custom size
capabilities, a choice of wood species and exterior colors, and other options and accessories,
you have everything you need to create what your customers have in mind.
REPLACE
Andersen is committed to being your window and door company for replacement. With Andersen,
you have the ability to order custom sizes for a wide variety of full-frame windows, insert windows
and patio doors. In addition, we offer a range of interior and exterior options, custom grille
capabilities and products that arrive prepped from the factory for easy installation.
ANDERSEN ADVANTAGES
DESIGN
The most popular windows and doors from the brand rated by
builders and remodelers as the most durable, most weathertight,
highest quality and easiest to install.
Andersen® 400 Series windows and doors provide a classic blend
of engineering and craftsmanship, featuring extensive sizes, shapes,
styles and colors. We design each product to meet our demanding
standards. And each is available with a full array of options and
accessories to give projects a customized look, and customers the
choices they want.
4
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
With Andersen, there are product lines for every budget, every personal taste and every
architectural style. No matter which you choose, all feature the beauty, energy efficiency
and durability you and your customers have come to expect from Andersen.
ANDERSEN ADVANTAGES
ANDERSEN
®
Carefully crafted in dramatic sizes
and shapes, Andersen® architectural
products can make any project
special. They not only beautifully
complement our 400 Series and
200 Series products, they also
expand your design possibilities
with 21 standard exterior colors,
seven interior wood species and a
prefinished white interior option.
The Andersen 200 Series product
line concentrates on our most popular
sizes and options. This streamlined
selection delivers Andersen quality
at an uncommon value while still
offering ample choices.
5
REPLACEMENT SOLUTIONS
FOR EVERY JOB
Andersen offers the replacement solutions you
need, the comfort and low maintenance your
customers are looking for and the successful
installs your reputation requires. Whether it’s a
double-hung insert window, our new replacement
casement, or a full-frame replacement window
or patio door, Andersen® replacement products
install quickly and easily so you finish in less time.
What’s more, Andersen® replacement windows
and doors have beautiful wood interiors that add
value to your customers’ homes — so you’re not
just replacing, you’re upgrading. Plus all feature
the durability, the time-tested performance and
the service and support you’ve come to expect
from Andersen. Which means more satisfied
customers today and fewer callbacks tomorrow.
SEE THESE PAGES FOR DETAILS ON
EACH ANDERSEN® REPLACEMENT
AND CUSTOM-SIZE PRODUCT:
400 Series Replacement Casement and Awning Windows ......... 53
400 Series Woodwright® Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows ...... 57
400 Series Woodwright® Double-Hung Insert Windows .............. 75
Narroline® Double-Hung Window Conversion Kits ...................... 92
400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert Windows .................... 93
400 Series Specialty Windows.................................................. 119
400 Series Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Doors ........................... 145
400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Doors .......................... 153
Architectural Windows and Doors ............................................ 175
200 Series Narroline® Gliding Patio Doors ................................ 237
200 Series Perma-Shield® Gliding Patio Doors ......................... 245
6
CUSTOM-SIZE PATIO DOORS
Whether you need a hinged or gliding patio door
for replacement, Andersen has a number of
custom size options to fit your project.
CUSTOM SIZES
ANDERSEN ADVANTAGES
400 SERIES WOODWRIGH
WOODWRIGHT®
DOUBLE-HUNG INSERT
WINDOW
NEW ANDERSEN® 400 SER
SERIES
TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG
INSERT WINDOW
The classic, traditional style of
Woodwright® full-frame windows
in a time-saving insert.
Our best-selling double-hung
window now comes as an
insert for easy replacement.
CUSTOM SIZES
CUSTOM SIZES
NEW 400 SERIES REPLACE
EMENT
CASEMENT WINDOW
Available without a nailing flange for easy
installation from inside or outside.
Features predrilled, through-the-jamb
installation holes for quick installation.
CUSTOM SIZES
Installation kit. Contains flat, self-hanging shims, backer rod, installation screws and complete
instructions. Included with replacement casement windows and all insert windows.
7
SUSTAINABILITY &
THE ENVIRONMENT
THE ENVIRONMENT HAS A BUSINESS PARTNER
Respect for the environment is nothing new at Andersen. It’s part of who we are.
Our commitment to recycle and reclaim materials began simply because it was good
business. Now it’s part of our commitment to sustainable use and responsible stewardship
of all our resources, and to giving your customers the long-lasting,* energy-efficient
products they demand. In addition to the certifications from and affiliations with the
organizations listed on the right, we’re also exhibiting our commitment to the
environment in these ways:
• Andersen is a U.S. EPA-Certified SmartWaySM Transport Partner.
This partnership recognizes our ongoing commitment to maximizing the fuel and
emissions efficiency of our freight delivery operations.
• We recently constructed a state-of-the-art steam power plant at our Bayport,
Minnesota facility, primarily fueled by wood waste from our manufacturing processes.
The $22 million investm
investment will take Andersen into the next century with a clean source
of renewable power for d
decades to come.
• Our patented Fibrex ® material is a highly sustainable structural composite that
contains 40% pre-consumer
pre-consu
reclaimed wood fiber by weight, most of which is created
during the manufacture of Andersen® wood windows and doors. Using wood waste in
this manner reduces our
ou need for raw timber.
Shown: Fibrex® composite material pellets
Sho
*For details, go to andersenwindows.com/warranty. “SmartWay” is a service mark of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
8
Andersen® products are certified
under the National Fenestration
Rating Council’s voluntary
third-party certification program
designed to ensure accurate
energy performance ratings and
labeling. See page 279 for
more information.
Andersen was the first window
and door manufacturer with Green
Seal™ certified products — they
meet the Green Seal™ standards
governing energy efficiency,
heavy metals in the frame and
sash materials, packaging, and
consumer education materials.
Andersen has received Forest
Stewardship Council (FSC) Chain
of Custody certification. Among the
first of its kind in the window and
door industry, this certification is
awarded by Scientific Certification
Systems to companies that meet
stringent standards for traceability in
their wood supply chain. This helps
you gain an important USGBC LEED
Materials & Resources credits.
See page 280.
©1996 Forest Stewardship Council A.C.
SCS-COC-001337
Andersen Corporation has been
named an ENERGY STAR® 2011
Partner of the Year, awarded to
manufacturers for delivering ENERGY
STAR® qualified products that help
customers reduce energy costs,
and for reducing emissions during
manufacturing. See page 276
for ENERGY STAR® ratings for all
of our products.
WDMA
The Window & Door Manufacturers
Association (WDMA) Hallmark
Certification program includes
product testing and quality control
process audits to verify that
Andersen windows and doors are
produced in conformance with
the industry standards for air,
water resistance and structural
performance. See page 269.
Under U.S. Green Building Council
(USGBC) guidelines, Andersen
is able to claim a percentage of
Fibrex® material, an environmentally
responsible composite consisting
of reclaimed wood fiber, as well as
a percentage of reclaimed glass,
as preconsumer recycled content.
Scientific Certification Systems (SCS)
has certified this content (based on
ISO 14021 definitions) in Andersen
400 Series, architectural and
200 Series windows and doors.
This helps you gain important
LEED Materials and Resource credits.
See page 278 for the certified
Pre-consumer Recycled Content
utilized in our products.
ANDERSEN ADVANTAGES
Andersen® 400 Series,
architectural and 200 Series
windows and doors were tested
and certified to meet the SCS
Indoor Advantage™ Gold program
criteria for building materials that
do not negatively impact indoor air
quality. SCS-IAQ-01638 & SCS-IAQ-01639
Andersen is a charter member of
the U.S. Green Building Council
and a strong supporter of its
LEED® (Leadership in Energy and
Environmental Design) Green Building
Rating System.™ See page 280 to learn
how Andersen windows and doors
can help you meet this nationally
accepted benchmark for the design,
construction and operation of highperformance, sustainable buildings.
All logos and marks are trademarks of their respective owners.
9
EXTERIOR TRIM SYSTEM
A BEAUTIFUL, INNOVATIVE WAY TO SAVE TIME
Andersen® exterior trim for windows and doors installs in about five minutes. It allows
you to eliminate measuring, cutting, mitering and filling nail holes while providing an
exceptional fit and finish. Plus it offers the flexibility to create a variety of window,
door and trim color combinations. For details see page 141.
Independent of water
management system
for easy installation
Time-saving and
cost-effective
No nail holes, no visible
fasteners, no painting
Innovative
attachment strip
Our trim is made with patented
Fibrex® material, an environmentally
smart composite that contains 40%
pre-consumer reclaimed wood fiber
by weight.
Cocoa Bean trim with Sandtone window
Style that gets noticed
Our thick trim profiles overlap the window frame to create clean
lines without visible sealant joints. Mitered brick mould corners
and butt joints on flat trim reflect traditional corner joints.
An online trim visualizer, installation guides and videos are available at andersenwindows.com/exteriortrim.
10
3 1/2" Flat with
ith sill
ill nose
Dark Bronze trim with White window
2 Brick Mould with sill nose
2"
Dove Gray trim with Terratone® window
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
STYLES
4 1/2" Flat with sill nose
Canvas trim with Forest Green window
HEAD TRIM OPTIONS
Decorative Drip Cap
3 5/8" Cornice
2" Cornice
COLORS
WINDOW AND DOOR COLORS
White
Sandtone
Terratone®
Forest Green
TRIM COLORS
COLOR CHOICES
& COMBINATIONS
Red Rock trim with Sandtone window
White
Sandtone
Terratone®
Forest Green
Black
Dark Bronze
Cocoa Bean
Red Rock
Prairie Grass
Canvas
Dove Gray
Available in 11 factory-finished
colors that never need painting and
won’t fade, flake, blister, chalk or
peel no matter what the climate*.
Trim and window or door colors can
be mixed and matched to give your
customers the look they want.
*For details, go to andersenwindows.com/warranty. Colors in this brochure may not match exactly to final product due to printing inks and paper.
11
GLASS OPTIONS
Most Andersen® 400 Series windows and
doors are available with impact-resistant
glass and structural upgrades to meet the
tough building codes of hurricane-prone
coastal areas. See your local code official
for specific requirements in your area.
Andersen has the glass you need to get the performance you want. From SmartSun™ glass that
meets ENERGY STAR® qualifications in all climate zones* to PassiveSun™ glass that helps heat
homes in northern areas, there’s an option for every climate, project and customer. Check with
your supplier for the selections that meet ENERGY STAR® qualifications in your area.
E N E R G Y
L I G H T
U- FACTOR
SOLAR HEAT
GAIN COEFFICIENT
VISIBLE LIGHT
TRANSMITTANCE
UV PROTECTION
How well a product prevents
heat from escaping.
How well a product blocks
heat caused by sunlight.
How much visible light comes
through a product.
How well a product blocks
ultraviolet rays.
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
Outstanding overall performance for
climates where both heating and
cooling costs are a concern.
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
Sun
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
★★★★
GLASS
SmartSun™
Thermal control similar to tinted glass,
but with the visible light
transmittance of clear glass.
Low-E4®/Low-E
Outstanding thermal control in southern
climates where less solar heat gain is desired.
PassiveSun™
Ideal for northern, passive solar construction
applications where solar heat gain is desired.
Dual-Pane
High visibility with basic
thermal performance.
Center of glass performance only. See page 276 for ENERGY STAR® map and NFRC total unit performance data.
*Andersen 400 and 200 Series products only with SmartSun™ glass (argon gas blend), no grilles.
Excludes patterned/textured glass.
TIME-SAVING TRANSLUCENT FILM
®
We help protect Andersen windows and doors during
delivery and construction with a translucent film that
minimizes time spent masking on the jobsite, then
peels away for a spotless window. For details, contact
your Andersen supplier or visit andersenwindows.com.
ADDITIONAL GLASS OPTIONS
Tempered safety glass (standard on patio doors).
Laminated glass for added strength, enhanced security and sound control.
Patterned glass to let in light while obscuring vision
(patterns shown below).
Obscure
Reed
Cascade
Cascade and Reed patterns can be ordered with
either a vertical or horizontal orientation.
12
Fern
GRILLE OPTIONS
With Andersen, you’ll find grille patterns, widths and configurations to fit any architectural style
or the taste of any homeowner. If you’re replacing windows and doors, we can match virtually
any existing grille. We’ll even work with you and your customers to create custom patterns.
Colonial
Prairie
Simulated
Double-Hung
Our 2 1/4-inch-wide
Specified Equal
Light* Fractional
Diamond
Tall Fractional
2x2
1x4
Specified
Equal Light*
Tall Fractional
with 2 1/4 " rail
Short Fractional
Short Fractional
with 2 1/4 " rail
Custom Patterns
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
Note: Some grille patterns not available in all configurations and products.
Contact your Andersen supplier for your custom needs.
grille can make a
casement window
look like a double-hung.
*Specify number of same-size rectangles across or down.
To see all of the standard patterns available for a specific window or door,
refer to the detailed sections in this book for each product or contact your Andersen supplier.
G R I L L E
C O N F I G U R A T I O N S
Full Divided Light
Simulated Divided Light
Convenient Cleaning Options
For an authentic look,
full divided light grilles
are permanently
applied to the interior
and exterior of the
window with a spacer
between the glass.
Simulated divided light offers
permanent grilles on the
exterior and interior with no
spacer between the glass.
We also offer permanent
exterior grilles with removable
interior grilles in natural
wood or prefinished white.
Removable interior grilles
es come
off for easy cleaning.
Andersen® Finelight™
grilles are installed
between the glass
panes and feature
a contoured 1" or
¾" profile.
Permanent Exterior
Permanent Interior
with Spacer
Permanent Exterior
Permanent Interior
Permanent Exterior
Removable Interior
Removable
Interior Grille
Finelight™ GrillesBetween-the-Glass
Grille Widths
(actual size shown)
3/4"
7/8"
1 1/8"
2 1/4"
13
TIMELESS BEAUTY:
WINDOW HARDWARE
Window hardware enhances the overall design of a window and
harmonizes with a home’s décor. That’s why we offer a broad
range of hardware styles and finishes.
A N D E R S E N ® H A R D WA R E F I N I S H E S
Antique
Brass
Black
Bright
Brass
Brushed
Chrome
Distressed
Nickel
Gold Dust
Oil Rubbed
Bronze
Polished
Chrome
Satin
Nickel
Stone
White
Distressed
Bronze
Estate™ casement hardware in distressed bronze finish
Estate™ lock & keeper in satin nickel finish
Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication.
See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples.
14
GLIDING WINDOWS
CASEMENT & AWNING HARDWARE OPTIONS*
CLASSIC SERIES™
ESTATE™
For use on 400 Series
gliding windows.*
For use on 200 Series
gliding windows.
Antiquee Brass | Black | Bright Brass
Brushed Chrome | Distressed Bronze
Oil Rubbed Bronze | Distressed Nickel
Polished Chrome | Satin Nickel
Stone | White
STANDARD:
Stone | White
OPTIONAL:
Antique Brass
Black
Bright Brass
Gold Dust
Oil Rubbed Bronze
Satin Nickel
Antique
ntique Brass | Bright Brass | Brushed Chrome
Distressed
ssed Bronze | Distressed Nickel | Oil Rubbed Bronze
B
Polished Chrome | Satin Nickel
Stone | White
TRADITIONAL FOLDING
F
Folding
window hardware
eliminates interference
with
w window treatments.
Antique Brass | Black | Bright Brass
Distressed Bronze | Gold Dust | Oil Rubbed Bronze
Satin Nickel | Stone | White
Black | Bright Brass | Gold Dust | Oil Rubbed Bro
Bronze
Satin Nickel | Stone | White
STANDARD DOUBLE-HUNG HARDWARE
400 SERIES
WOODWRIGHT® WINDOWS
400 SERIES TILT-WASH
& NARROLINE® WINDOWS
200 SERIES
TILT-WASH WINDOWS
Stone | White
Stone | White
STANDARD: Stone | White
OPTIONAL: Antique Brass | Black | Bright Brass
Gold Dust | Oil Rubbed Bronze | Satin Nickel
Hand Lift
Finger Lifts
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
CONTEMPORARY FOLDING
OPTIONAL DOUBLE-HUNG HARDWARE
ESTATE™
Lock & Keeper
(Not available for 200 Series tilt-wash windows)
Antique Brass | Bright Brass | Brus
Brushed Chrome | Distressed Bronze | Distressed Nickel | Oil Rubbed Bronze | Polished Chrome | Satin Nickel
TRADITIONAL
NAL
Bar Lift
Hand Lift
Finger Lifts
Antique Brass | Bright Brass | Brushed Chrome | Oil Rubbed Bronze | Polished Chrome
Chrom | Satin Nickel | Stone | White
CLASSIC SERIES™
Sash Lift
Hand Lift
Finger Lifts
Stone | White
Stone | White
Stone | White
*All Andersen® hardware is sold separately, except standard hardware.
15
FUNCTIONAL BEAUTY:
DOOR HARDWARE
G L I D I N G P A T I O D O O R H A R D W A R E*
H I N G E D P A T I O D O O R H A R D W A R E*
YUMA®
ENCINO®
ANVERS®
NEWBURY®
Distressed Bronze
Distressed Nickel
Distressed Bronze
Distressed Nickel
Bright Brass
Oil Rubbed Bronze
Satin Nickel
Antique Brass
Bright Brass
Brushed Chrome
Oil Rubbed Bronze
Polished Chrome
Satin Nickel
Yuma® hinged door hardware in
distressed nickel finish.
*Hardware sold separately.
16
With Andersen, you have a wider selection of hardware styles and finishes than you’ll find with just about any other
manufacturer. We offer six distinctively different hardware styles — Yuma,® Encino,® Anvers,® Newbury,® Covington™
and Whitmore® — in solid forged brass with eight metal finish options. And we offer two hardware styles — Tribeca®
and Albany — in die-cast zinc with durable powder-coated finishes. Also, look for additional hardware options such
as exterior keyed locks and matching hinge finishes in the detailed sections for each individual door.
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
G L I D I N G P A T I O D O O R H A R D W A R E*
H I N G E D P A T I O D O O R H A R D W A R E*
COVINGTON™
WHITMORE®
ALBANY
TRIBECA®
Antique Brass
Bright Brass
Oil Rubbed Bronze
Antique Brass
Bright Brass
Oil Rubbed Bronze
Satin Nickel
Black
Gold Dust
Stone
White
Stone
White
D O O R H A R D WA R E F I N I S H E S
Bright
Brass
Antique
Brass
Polished
Chrome
Brushed
Chrome
Satin
Nickel
Oil Rubbed
Bronze
Distressed
Nickel
Distressed
Bronze
White
Stone
Gold Dust
Black
Distressed bronze and oil rubbed bronze are “living” finishes that will change with time and use. Bright brass and satin nickel finishes on patio door hardware feature a 10-year limited warranty. Matching hinges available
for inswing patio doors. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples and visit www.andersenwindows.com/patiodoorhardware for more details.
*Hardware sold separately.
17
INSECT SCREENS
Exclusive Andersen® TruScene® insect screens provide more than 50% greater clarity than our
conventional insect screens for a beautifully unobstructed view. And they let in more fresh air
and sunlight, while doing a better job of keeping out small insects.
TruScene®
Insect Screen
Stone
White
Crafted from micro-fine
stainless steel mesh, it’s
one-third the diameter of
our aluminum screen wire.
Pine
Conventional
Insect Screen
FRAMES
For casement and awning
windows, TruScene® insect
screen frames are available
in stone, white or natural pine
that can be stained to match
the window. Insect screen
frames for all other windows are
installed on the exterior of the
window and match the unit’s
exterior color.
FULL OR HALF
WINDOW
INSECT SCREENS
TRUSCENE® INSECT SCREENS — 50% GREATER CLARITY
PATIO DOOR INSECT SCREEN OPTIONS
All hinged and gliding patio door insect screens have a long-lasting* fiberglass screen cloth with a charcoal finish.
Available in White, Sandtone, Terratone® and Forest Green colors to match the exterior of the door.
GLIDING PATIO DOORS
Full insect screens are available
for Andersen® venting windows.
Andersen also offers the option
of half insect screens for the
lower sash of our tilt-wash
double-hung windows.
Gliding Insect Screen
Gliding insect screens
are available for twoand four-panel doors.
*For details, go to andersenwindows.com/warranty.
18
Conventional Andersen®
Insect Screen
Retractable Insect Screen
The retractable insect screen
is installed on the exterior of
the door and opens side-toside across the width of the
opening. When the insect
screen is not in use, it neatly
retracts into a small canister.
Available for two-panel
patio doors.
HINGED — INSWING PATIO DOORS
Hinged Insect
Screen
Available for
single-panel
doors.
Double-Hinged
Insect Screen
Available for
two-panel
double-jamb
hinged doors.
Gliding Insect
Screen
Available for all
two- and threepanel doors.
HINGED — OUTSWING
PATIO DOORS
Retractable Insect Screen
The retractable insect screen is
installed on the interior of the door
across the width of the opening.
When the insect screen is not in
use, it neatly retracts into small
canisters. Retractable insect
screens for outswing doors are
available with White, Pine, Oak
or Maple interiors. Available for
single- and two-panel doors.
ART GLASS
Andersen offers three distinctly different
series of art glass to complement any home’s
architecture. All can help you add interest,
create focal points and make your work
stand out from that of your competitors.
For more information, visit
andersenwindows.com/artglass
Each of the four patterns inspired by renowned architect Frank Lloyd Wright remains
true to the principles of Wright’s original work: simplicity, unity and nature.
Eucalyptus
Wichita
Colonnade
Prairie Rhythm
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
FRANK LLOYD WRIGHT ® SERIES
CLASSIC SERIES
Create a classic look with five different styles that represent major architectural design themes
from the late 1800s through the 1930s, as well as a Southwestern-inspired design.
Diamond Lights
Lotus
Regency
Victoria
ARTISAN SERIES
Two designs influenced by 20th Century American and European architectural schools
feature striking visual patterns that evoke an extraordinary blend of art and nature.
Taos
Harmonics
Affinity
“Frank Lloyd Wright” is a registered trademark
of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation.
19
DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS
400 SERIES
WOODWRIGHT ® WINDOWS
400 SERIES WOODWRIGHT ®
INSERT WINDOWS
Woodwright® windows help replicate the look of
traditional architecture. Their thick, sloped sills and
historically accurate grille patterns bring old-world
character to homes of all ages. To help match
existing interiors when replacing or remodeling,
they’re available in a variety of wood species
and with a range of hardware and grille
options, including custom grilles.
CUSTOM SIZES
For more information, see page 57.
Woodwright® insert windows give you all
the advantages of Woodwright ® full-frame
windows, plus they install faster and easier
while keeping the mess and disruption to a
minimum. In most cases, you can even keep
the original trim and preserve the character
of your customers’ homes.
Installation kit included. For more
CUSTOM SIZES
information, see page 75.
Woodwright® windows
give you the option to
use a variety of graceful
arches that can add an
uncommon elegance.
Unequal Arch
Archtop
Springline™
NEW
400 SERIES TILT-WASH
WINDOWS
400 SERIES
TILT-WASH INSERT WINDOWS
Year after year, the Andersen® 400 Series
tilt-wash window is our best-selling
double-hung window — and for good reason.
It’s extremely energy efficient and offers a wide
array of decorative and performance options.
For more information, see page 81.
All the features of our best-selling doublehung window are now available in an insert
window that’s faster and easier to install.
Installation kit included. For more
information, see page 93.
CUSTOM SIZES
This product is available with Stormwatch®
protection. For a copy of the Andersen® Coastal
Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier.
200 SERIES
TILT-WASH WINDOWS
200 SERIES
NARROLINE® WINDOWS
200 Series tilt-wash double-hung windows
come in our most popular sizes and with
our most requested options. They feature
low-maintenance exteriors and real wood
interiors. For more information, see page 219.
With a classic Colonial design, the Narroline®
window is available in popular sizes and has a
non-tilting sash. For more information,
see page 225.
NARROLINE®
CONVERSION KIT
For homes with Andersen® Narroline®
windows that were made after 1967, our quick
conversion kit lets you turn them into tilt-wash
double-hung windows with High-Performance™
Low-E4® glass. For more information,
see page 92.
20
NAR
CON ROLIN
KIT VERSI E ®
ON
200
NAR SERIE
ROL S
INE ®
200
TILT SERIE
-WA S
SH
400
TILT SERI
INSE -WASHES
RT
400
TILT SERIE
-WA S
SH
400
WOO SERIE
DWR S
IGH ®
T
400
WO SERI
INSEODWRIES
GHT ®
RT
DOUBLE-HUNG
WINDOW FEATURES
Low-Maintenance
Exteriors
White
Sandtone
Terratone®
Forest Green
Interiors
Maple
Oak
Pine
White
Easy Cleaning
Tilt-to-Clean Sash
Grilles
PRODUCTS AT A GLANCE
Full Divided Light
Simulated Divided Light
Finelight™ (Grilles-Between-the-Glass)
Removable Interior Grilles
Performance Options
Stormwatch® Protection
Glass
Low-E4®
Low-E4® Sun
Low-E4® SmartSun™
Low-E
Low-E Sun
Low-E SmartSun™
Dual-Pane
Low-E PassiveSun™
Low-E4® PassiveSun™
AVA I L A B L E BY S P EC I A L O R D ER *
Unit Sizes
Minimum Width
1'-9 5/8"
1'-4 1/2"
1'-9 5/8"
1'-9 1/4"
1'-7 1/2"
1'-9 5/8"
Maximum Width
3'-9 5/8"
3'-9 5/8"
3'-9 5/8"
3'-8 7/8"
3'-3 1/2"
3'-9 5/8"
Minimum Height
3'-0 7/8"
2'-3 3/4"
3'-0 7/8"
3'-0 3/8"
2'-11 1/2"
3'-1 1/4"
Maximum Height
6'-4 7/8"
6'-5"
7'-8 7/8"
7'-6 5/8"
5'-11 1/2"
6'-5 1/4"
AVAILABLE
IN ALL
STANDARD
NARROLINE®
SIZES
Custom Sizes
*See your Andersen supplier for availability.
21
CASEMENT AWNING GLIDING WINDOWS
400 SERIES
CASEMENT WINDOWS
The Andersen® 400 Series casement window
is our best-selling casement window. It starts
with a design that is extremely energy efficient.
The sash is solid wood and covered inside
and out by low-maintenance Perma-Shield®
cladding to protect against water damage. And
the interior features rich, natural pine that
creates a perfect frame for art glass and
grille patterns. For more information,
CUSTOM SIZES
see page 35.
This product is available with Stormwatch®
protection. For a copy of the Andersen® Coastal
Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier.
NEW
400 SERIES
REPLACEMENT
CASEMENT WINDOWS
The casement window that set the
standard for performance and durability
comes ready for replacement. Provided
with predrilled, through-the-jamb
installation holes and the nailing flange
removed. Special replacement extension
jambs are also available to preserve
the original alignment of trim and
paint lines. Installation kit
included. For more
information, see page 53.
CUSTOM SIZES
NEW
400 SERIES
AWNING WINDOWS
These windows are built on the same
platform as our casement windows
and deliver the same outstanding
performance. For more
information, see page 35.
CUSTOM SIZES
This product is available with Stormwatch®
protection. For a copy of the Andersen® Coastal
Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier.
22
400 SERIES
REPLACEMENT
AWNING WINDOWS
Like our replacement casement,
this window comes without a nailing
flange and is available with special
replacement extension jambs to
preserve the original alignment of trim
and paint lines. It also has predrilled,
through-the-jamb installation holes,
so it installs easily from inside or
out. Installation kit included.
For more information, see
page 53.
CUSTOM SIZES
400 SERIES
GLIDING WINDOWS
200 SERIES
GLIDING WINDOWS
In addition to providing superior energy
efficiency, reliable performance and
uncommon beauty, both sash on our
400 Series gliding windows can be
opened for improved ventilation.
For more information, see page 113.
Andersen® 200 Series gliding
windows are available in our most
popular sizes. They come with
low-maintenance exteriors and
real wood or prefinished white
interiors. For more information,
see page 231.
200
GLID SERIE
ING S
400
REP SERIE
AWN LACEM S
ING ENT
400
GLID SERIE
ING S
400
REP SERIE
CAS LACEM S
EME ENT
NT
400
AWN SERIE
ING S
400
CAS SERIE
EME S
NT
CASEMENT,
AWNING & GLIDING
WINDOW FEATURES
Low-Maintenance
Exteriors
White
Sandtone
Terratone®
*
Forest Green
Interiors
Pine
White
Grilles
PRODUCTS AT A GLANCE
Full Divided Light
Simulated Divided Light
Finelight™ (Grilles-Between-the-Glass)
For more shapes, colors and
wood species, see page 31.
Removable Interior Grilles
Performance Options
Stormwatch® Protection
Glass
Low-E4®
Low-E4® Sun
Low-E4® SmartSun™
Low-E
Low-E Sun
Low-E SmartSun™
Dual-Pane
Low-E PassiveSun™
Low-E4® PassiveSun™
AVA IL A BL E BY S P EC I A L O RD ER * *
Unit Sizes
Minimum Width
1'-5"
1'-5"
2'-0 1/8"
2'-0 1/8"
2'-11 1/4"
2'-11 1/2"
Maximum Width
7'-0 5/8"
7'-0 5/8"
5'-11 7/8"
5'-11 7/8"
5'-11 1/4"
5'-11 1/2"
Minimum Height
2'-0 1/8"
2'-0 1/8"
1'-5"
1'-5"
1'-10 1/4"
1'-5 1/2"
Maximum Height
5'-11 7/8"
5'-11 7/8"
4'-0"
4'-0"
4'-11 1/4"
4'-11 1/2"
Custom Sizes
*Available by special order. **See your Andersen supplier for availability.
23
SPECIALTY WINDOWS
400 SERIES SPECIALTY WINDOWS
Andersen® specialty windows are more than a collection of stylish shapes. They’re also an opportunity
to take advantage of our 100-plus years of experience and craftsmanship to distinguish your customers’
homes, your work and your designs from everyone else’s. Whether it’s a bold signature statement
with a custom-designed picture window or a delicate lighting accent, Andersen makes it easy to
create the look you and your customers want. And it’s just one more reason why Andersen is
CUSTOM SIZES
the industry’s most trusted name. For more information, see page 119.
GOTHIC
ARCHED TOP
OCTAGON
TRAPEZOID
OVAL
CIRCLE
SPRINGLINE™ FLANKER
CIRCLE TOP™
Also available to match
Andersen® 200 Series
double-hung windows.
RECTANGULAR WINDOWS
Andersen makes picture and transom
windows to complement the sizes and profiles
of Andersen® 400 Series double-hung,
casement and awning windows, as well as
Andersen 200 Series double-hung windows.
BAY & BOW WINDOWS
Andersen® 400 Series bay and bow units feature all of the individual qualities
of our Woodwright,® tilt-wash and casement windows. Each is delivered as a
complete unit to help speed installation. Custom sizes are available for
casement units, and all offer a choice of pine veneer or oak veneer head
and seat boards. We also offer a cable support system for easier
CUSTOM SIZES
installation. For more information, see page 99.
24
FLEXIFRAME® WINDOWS
Flexiframe® windows are available in custom sizes and can be designed in
nearly any shape made with straight lines, providing no angle is less than
14 degrees. When other window companies say it can’t be done, Andersen
CUSTOM SIZES
does it easily — and beautifully. For more information, see page 136.
PRODUCTS
AT A GLANCE
EXAMPLES OF ALTERNATIVE SHAPES
Detailed information about Stormwatch®
protection can be found in the Andersen®
Coastal Product Guide. For a copy,
contact your Andersen supplier.
Vist andersenwindows.com/coastal
for more information.
25
GLIDING PATIO DOORS
400 SERIES FRENCHWOOD®
GLIDING PATIO DOORS
With their wide wood profiles, Frenchwood® gliding patio doors have the old-world
character of traditional French doors, but also offer the convenience and space
savings no hinged door can provide. Frenchwood® gliding doors also offer an
extensive array of options and accessories and are available in two- and
four-panel configurations to fit virtually any size requirement.
For more information, see page 145.
CUSTOM SIZES
This product is available with Stormwatch®
protection. For a copy of the Andersen® Coastal
Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier.
200 SERIES NARROLINE®
GLIDING PATIO DOORS
Our 200 Series Narroline® gliding patio doors combine the beauty of natural
wood with sleek contemporary profiles to maximize views. Available in
two- and four-panel configurations to fit virtually any size requirement.
CUSTOM SIZES
For more information, see page 237.
200 SERIES PERMA-SHIELD®
GLIDING PATIO DOORS
A tried-and-true classic, Perma-Shield® gliding patio doors are protected
inside and out with rigid vinyl cladding to give homes a contemporary
look while keeping maintenance to a minimum. Available in
two-panel configurations. For more information, see page 245.
26
CUSTOM SIZES
200
P E R S E RIE
MA- S
SHIE
LD ®
200
N A R S E RIE
ROL S
INE ®
400
F R E S E RIE
NCH S
WO
OD ®
GLIDING PATIO
DOOR FEATURES
Low-Maintenance
Exteriors
White
Sandtone
Terratone®
PANEL CONFIGURATIONS
Forest Green
Interiors
Andersen® gliding patio doors are available in the
following panel configurations. See individual product
sections for further details. Two-panel configurations
are available assembled and unassembled for jobsite
convenience. Examples below shown from exterior.
Maple
Oak
Pine
White
Same as Exterior
Grilles
PRODUCTS AT A GLANCE
Full Divided Light
Simulated Divided Light
Finelight™ (Grilles-Between-the-Glass)
Removable Interior Grilles
Stationary Panel
Two-Panel Right Open
Performance Options
Stormwatch® Protection
Glass
Low-E4® Tempered
Low-E4® Sun Tempered
Low-E4® SmartSun™ Tempered
Low-E Tempered
Four-Panel Center Open
Low-E Sun Tempered
Low-E SmartSun™ Tempered
Dual-Pane Tempered
Low-E PassiveSun™ Tempered
Low-E4® PassiveSun™ Tempered
AVAILABLE BY
SPECIAL ORDER*
Unit Sizes
Two-Panel Left Open
Minimum Width
4'-11 1/4"
Maximum Width
15'-9"
15'-9"
8'-0"
Minimum Height
6'-7 1/2"
6'-7 1/2"
6'-7 1/2"
Maximum Height
7'-11 1/2"
7'-11 1/2"
7'-11 1/2"
4'-11 1/4"
4'-11 1/4"
Custom Sizes
*See your Andersen supplier for availability.
27
HINGED PATIO DOORS
400 SERIES FRENCHWOOD®
HINGED INSWING PATIO DOORS
Frenchwood® hinged inswing patio doors feature traditional styling with pine, oak,
maple or prefinished white interior options. They come with a three-point
locking system for enhanced security and performance. Available in one-,
two- and three-panel configurations.
CUSTOM SIZES
For more information, see page 251.
This product is available with Stormwatch®
protection. For a copy of the Andersen® Coastal
Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier.
400 SERIES FRENCHWOOD®
HINGED OUTSWING PATIO DOORS
Frenchwood® hinged outswing patio doors feature traditional styling with pine,
oak, maple or prefinished white interior options. They come with a three-point
locking system for enhanced security and performance. Available in oneand two-panel configurations. For more information, see page 163.
CUSTOM SIZES
This product is available with Stormwatch®
protection. For a copy of the Andersen® Coastal
Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier.
200 SERIES HINGED INSWING PATIO DOORS
Our 200 Series hinged inswing patio doors are built with fiberglass panel
construction, traditional styling, white interiors and three exterior colors.
Their hook-deadbolt lock provides extra strength, a more weathertight
seal and added security compared to ordinary deadbolt locks. They are
available in one- and two-panel configurations.
For more information, see page 251.
28
200
HING SERIES
ED IN
SWIN
G
400
F R E S E RI
INSWNCHWES
IN G O O D ®
400
F R E S E RI
OUT NCHWES
SWI OOD ®
NG
HINGED PATIO
DOOR FEATURES
Low-Maintenance
Exteriors
White
Sandtone
Terratone®
SIDELIGHTS, TRANSOMS
& STATIONARY PANELS
For a special design touch, frame any
Andersen® patio door with a border
of Andersen® sidelights, transoms or
stationary panels. They dramatize the
exterior appearance, enhance the view
and create a larger wall of light.
Forest Green
Interiors
Maple
Oak
Pine
White
Grilles
PRODUCTS
AT A GLANCE
PRODUCTS
Full Divided Light
Simulated Divided Light
AT A GLANCE
Finelight™ (Grilles-Between-the-Glass)
Removable Interior Grilles
Performance Options
Stormwatch® Protection
Glass
Low-E4® Tempered
Low-E4® Sun Tempered
Low-E4® SmartSun™ Tempered
Low-E Tempered
Low-E Sun Tempered
Low-E SmartSun™ Tempered
Dual-Pane Tempered
Low-E PassiveSun™ Tempered
Low-E4® PassiveSun™ Tempered
AVAILABLE BY
SPECIAL ORDER*
Unit Sizes
For more sha
shapes,
apes
pes,, colo
ccolors
olors
rs
and wood species,
see pages 30–31.
Minimum Width
4'-0"
4'-0"
4'-0"
Maximum Width
8'-11 1/8"
5'-11 1/4"
5'-11 1/4"
Minimum Height
6'-7 1/2"
6'-7 1/2"
6'-7 1/2"
Maximum Height
7'-11 1/2"
7'-11 1/2"
7'-11 1/2"
Custom Sizes
*See your Andersen supplier for availability.
29
ARCHITECTURAL
ENTRANCEWAYS, WINDOWS & PATIO DOORS
Andersen® architectural products are carefully handcrafted
in dramatic sizes and extraordinary shapes to give homes
a signature look. They include single-hung, double-hung,
casement, awning and specialty windows; hinged inswing
and hinged outswing entranceways; and archtop, Springline™
and folding patio doors. All are available in 21 standard
colors. Custom colors, sizes and shapes are also available.
ENTRANCEWAYS
Andersen® architectural entranceways combine performance, exceptional beauty
and detail with dramatic sizes and shapes to turn ordinary entranceways into grand
statements. For more information, see page 203.
The very finest grades of oak, maple, cherry, pine, mahogany, alder and fir.
Other wood species are available through special order.
Divided light grilles in standard and custom patterns.
Sidelights and transoms give you increased design flexibility.
Optional handle hardware comes in a variety of styles and finishes.
A wide variety of glass options offer energy efficiency and beauty.
Decorative glass options also available.
30
EXTERIOR COLORS
CUSTOM COLORS AVAILABLE
Birch Bark
Black
Blue Spruce
Canvas
Cocoa Bean
Coral Green
Dark Bronze
Dark Chestnut Dark Ivy
Dove Gray
Driftwood
FOLDING OUTSWING PATIO DOORS
When closed, they are a stately wall of light. When open, they fold virtually out of sight. Choose from
configurations up to 48 feet wide and operating modes that allow the doors to open from the left, right
or center. Available in traditional or contemporary panel styles. For more information, see page 189.
PATIO DOORS
Forest Green
Midnight Blue Prairie Grass
Red Rock
River Rock
Sandtone
Slate
Terra Cotta
Terratone®
White
INTERIOR OPTIONS
OTHER SPECIES AVAILABLE
SPECIALTY WINDOWS
Andersen® architectural specialty windows let you choose from 35 uncommon shapes, including
elegant arches, striking angles and compelling curves. For more information, see page 185.
Alder
Cherry
Douglas Fir
Mahogany*
Maple
Oak
Pine
White
Primed White
PRODUCTS AT A GLANCE
With features like Romanesque arches, towering transoms and insulated decorative glass,
nothing else quite matches the grandeur architectural patio doors can bring to a home.
For more information, see page 195.
CASEMENT WINDOWS
Andersen® architectural casement windows offer easy operation along with old-world style.
They include French casements — twin sash inside one frame with no mullion bar between
them like ordinary casements — that give you a totally unobstructed view. Architectural
casement windows are available in rectangles and a variety of arched shapes.
For more information, see page 175.
*Actual wood species is Sapele, also known
as African mahogany, a non-endangered
hardwood with color and characteristics
similar to American mahoganies.
Birch Bark
Printing limitations prevent exact color replication.
See your Andersen supplier for actual color samples and
visit andersenwindows.com for more details.
31
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
The following pages contain the Andersen® product sections. You’ll find basic product descriptions, size charts, vertical and horizontal detail drawings,
specifications for opening dimensions, joining information and important product performance data. Additionally, we have listed optional accessories that
complement the units. You’ll also find key considerations regarding the use and installation of every Andersen product. Keep the instruction guidelines and
safety information in mind when considering the installation and use of any Andersen product. Should you have any questions, contact your local Andersen
supplier. Thank you for considering and using Andersen products.
Vinyl Channels and
Laminated Board
Rigid vinyl “J,” “h” and
“H” channel and vinyl
laminated board.
Extension Jambs
Fibrex ® Trim Board
Auxiliary Casing
Available for most
Andersen products.
See individual sections
for details.
Andersen offers a 3 1/2" wide
by 3 /4" thick cellular Fibrex®
trim board in 10-foot lengths.
Available in the same 11 colors
as the exterior trim system, this
solid trim board can be cut
or ripped to size and can be
fastened using nails or screws.
Auxiliary casings consist of
a wood core treated with
water-repellent preservative
and sheathed in rigid vinyl.
They are available in White,
Sandtone, Terratone® or
Forest Green colors. The
dimensions are 1 3/16'' by
1 3/16'' in 150'' lengths.
Continuous Drip Cap
• Included on 400 Series windows
with side-by-side (vertical) joins
• Available in White, Sandtone,
Terratone® and Forest Green colors
• Heavy 24-gauge aluminum
construction
• Available in 6', 10' and 12'-7 1/2''
lengths
Color
Length
Depth
Width
Auxiliary Casing
W,S,T,FG
150"
1 3/16"
1 3/16"
Coil Stock
Fibrex® Trim Board
11 colors
120"
3/4"
3 1/2"
Vinyl Laminated Board
W,S,T
96"
1/2"
24"
W
96"
1/2"
48"
W
120"
1/2"
48"
W
84" & 150"
3/4"
1"
S,T
84" & 150"
3/4"
3/4"
Andersen® aluminum coil stock can
be ordered to match any of our 11 trim
colors. Made from .019-gauge aluminum,
Andersen coil stock is available in
24" x 50' rolls. Color-matched 1 1/4"
stainless steel trim nails are also available
and can be ordered in 1 lb. boxes.
Rigid Vinyl “H” Channel
Rigid Vinyl “h” Channel
W,S,T
150"
1/2"
1"
Rigid Vinyl “J” Channel
W,S,T
150"
1/2"
3/4"
Color-Matched Sealant
Color-matched sealant is available in Andersen® exterior colors. This high-quality
sealant can be used during the installation of all Andersen products.
INS TALL ATION
GENERAL NOTES
When ordering, make certain you specify, then
verify, the exact product, unit dimensions,
configuration requirements, color and options
you desire on each window or patio door. Before
installing the product, we suggest you verify
that it includes the features and options you
ordered. When joining windows in combinations
other than those shown in this catalog, contact
your local Andersen supplier for specific joining
and installation procedures. Printing limitations
prohibit exact color duplication of products.
View actual samples for building specifications.
Andersen Corporation reserves the right to
change details, specifications or sizes without
notice. The customer assumes all risk of
alterations made to Andersen products.
32
IMPORTANCE OF
PROPER INSTALLATION
Proper installation and maintenance of
Andersen products is essential to attain optimum
performance and operation. Written installation
instructions which provide guidelines for proper
installation are typically provided with Andersen
products. They are also available from your local
Andersen supplier or by visiting
andersenwindows.com. Remember that every
installation is different, and Andersen strongly
recommends consultation with the local supplier or
an experienced contractor, architect or structural
engineer prior to the installation of any Andersen
product. The method of attachment for Andersen
products, fastener selection and code compliance
is the responsibility of the architect, building
owner, contractor, installer and/or consumer.
For more complete installation details, refer
to “Product Installation Details” at
andersenwindows.com or contact your
Andersen supplier.
CODES
Appropriate selection of Andersen products
which conform to all applicable laws, ordinances,
building codes and safety requirements is the
sole responsibility of the architect, designer,
building owner and/or contractor. Check with
your local building code officials for specific
information. Unit wind load, design pressure and
energy performance information is provided on
pages 259 to 279.
DRIP CAPS
Drip caps are a specific type of flashing or trim
that is used at the head of a window or door to
divert water beyond the face of the unit.
House Wrap
Shim at Sill
ROUGH OPENINGS
Sill Flashing
Membrane
Rough
Opening
Gap
Adjust
Rough
Opening
Rough Sill
Interior
Rough Sill
Rough Opening Width
Drip Cap
1 ⁄ 4" Minimum
Space at Head
1 ⁄ 4" Minimum
Space at Sides
1 ⁄ 4"
Min.
Interior
Example of alternative for built-up sill requiring
adjustment to Andersen published rough opening dimensions.
Example of sill flashing as depicted in
Andersen installation guide.
Rough Opening Height
The purpose of a rough opening is to allow
for proper spacing between the window or
patio door unit and the building structure.
The extra space is required for leveling
and squaring the unit during installation,
to allow for settling and movement of
building materials and to provide an area for
insulation. A rough opening that is too small
may affect unit operation. A rough opening
that is too large may not allow for adequate
fastening of the unit to the building structure.
Andersen rough opening dimensions are
provided as a guideline to help determine
the amount of space needed between
the window or patio door and the building
structure. Depending on the window or patio
door type, Andersen recommends 1/4" to 3/8"
at each side and 1/2" to 3/4" for height.
See appropriate product sections for rough
opening guidelines for each product.
House Wrap
Shim at Sill
Sill Flashing
Membrane
Beveled Sill
Gusset Plate
Pan Head Screws
3 ⁄ 16"
Top of Screws
to Bottom of
Gusset Plate.
Unit 1
Unit 2
Varies
Interior
Shims at Sill
Example of window unit installed using
Andersen published rough opening dimensions.
Keep in mind that rough opening dimensions may need to be altered from
published guidelines depending on installation methods, joining methods,
replacement methods, etc. For example, flashing systems can reduce the
amount of available rough opening space and should be factored in when
calculating rough opening dimensions. The use of support or joining materials
will encroach on the rough opening and may require additional rough
opening space between the unit and the building structure, depending on the
thickness of the flashing system and joining materials used.
Example of two units joined together with the use of
gusset plates and pan head screws that will likely
require adjustment to rough opening.
To facilitate drainage, the sill plate should be protected and level or slightly
pitched to the exterior; it should never slope toward the interior. For even
better drainage in challenging environments, consider using a sill pan or
beveled siding at the sill per EEBA’s (Energy and Environmental Building
Association) Water Management Guide (www.eeba.org), taking into account
the added height required when framing the rough opening.
FLASHING
SEALANTS
USE OF SHIMS
Flashing is an important element in a building’s
moisture protection assembly, and is used to
shed water and direct water to the building
exterior or to the drainage plane. Flashing
materials are typically applied starting from
the bottom and working upward, with each
successive layer overlapping the previous one
in shingle fashion. Water infiltration problems in
any type of building can be reduced by properly
flashing and/or sealing around all building
openings, including windows and doors, but the
performance of any building system depends
on the design and construction of the building
system in its entirety, which should address
local environment, climate, building code
requirements, product and material limitations.
Sealants are elastic materials used to block
the passage of water and/or air while allowing
movement between the two sides of the joint.
A sealant should bond tightly and be able to
expand and contract to accommodate joint
movement without cracking or tearing away from
the substrate. Surfaces must be clean, dry and
sound for adequate sealant adhesion. Choose
a sealant that is compatible with, and that will
adhere adequately to, all building materials used
in the window area.
Shims are often used along the side jambs
of windows and doors to center the unit in
the rough opening and to position it plumb,
level and square. In addition, shims are often
required under the sill at the side jambs to lift
it off the rough sill to allow for drainage, and
to prevent sill crowning if the building should
settle. Use waterproof sill shims capable of
supporting the weight of the product over
time. When using tapered shims, use them in
pairs with the tapers opposing each other to
avoid tilting the unit or twisting (rotating) of the
jambs. Shims can affect window operation and
performance if not placed properly.
Proper sealant joint design is based upon the
expected movement of adjacent materials and
the movement capability of the sealant. A general
rule of thumb is that the depth of the sealant joint
should be equal to half the width (D= W/2), but
generally not less than 1/4" or more than 1/2".
Foam-plastic backer rod can be used to limit
the depth of the sealant joint, to provide a firm
surface for tooling the sealant and to act as a bond
breaker to help minimize stress in the sealant.
INSTALLATION DETAILS
INFORMATION
INS TALL ATION INFORMATION
GENERAL INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
1. Read and follow the installation guide in its entirety.
2. Use the appropriate drainage plane on the building (house wrap,
building paper, etc.).
3. Make certain the drainage plane is continuous (proper overlaps to
shed water, taped seams, etc.).
4. Andersen products should be installed only in the vertical position.
5. Check the rough opening to make sure it is sized properly, is square
and is level.
6. Install the window plumb.
7. Install the window level.
8. Install the window square (diagonal measurements should be within 1/8").
9. Follow installation instructions to properly locate shims and to make sure
that units are plumb, level and square. Shims are often required under
the window jambs at the sill and along the jambs on the sides.
LOOKOUT FOR KIDS® PROGRAM
The Consumer Product Safety Commission has said: “Keep children away
from open windows to prevent falls. Don’t depend on insect screens to keep
the child from falling out of the window. They are designed to keep insects out,
not children in. Avoid placing furniture near windows to keep children from
climbing to a window seat or sill.”
In an effort to educate consumers about the potential for child falls from
windows, Andersen Corporation created the LookOut For Kids® Program.
It combines a window safety brochure and specific product instructions to help
make window safety an important priority for consumers. For more information
on child safety, write:
Andersen Corporation
LookOut For Kids® Program
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003
Call 1-800-313-8889 or Email us at: lofk@andersencorp.com
10. Check for squareness of unit before final anchoring of the product
into the wall.
11. Anchor the window properly with appropriate fasteners (nails or screws
spaced as directed).
12. Integrate the window into the drainage plane of the wall using high-quality
flashing and sealing materials. (All flashing materials should be properly
overlapped to shed water).
13. Allow 1/4" for a sealant joint around perimeter of unit between exterior
finish materials and unit.
14. Insulate the interior cavity between the window frame and the rough
opening. Do not overpack.
15. Check installation and operation of unit before application of interior trim.
16. Stain and/or seal all unfinished wood surfaces promptly to minimize
moisture absorption.
SAFETY GLASS
Unless specifically ordered, Andersen® windows are not made with safety
glass and, if broken, the glass could fragment, causing injury. Andersen
windows may be ordered with tempered glass which may reduce the
likelihood of injury when broken. All Andersen patio doors are made with
tempered glass. Differences in appearance between tempered and
non-tempered glass can be expected. Slight visual distortions may be
noticeable and occur normally as a result of the tempering process.
Building codes require safety glass in locations adjacent to or near doors
or at other locations.
WINDOW AND PATIO DOOR SAFETY
Windows may provide a secondary avenue of escape or rescue in an
emergency, such as a fire. Every family should develop an escape plan
and make sure family members know how to escape from the home in
an emergency. In your plan, include two ways to escape from every room
in case one way is blocked by fire or smoke and make sure you have a
designated meeting place outside. A window or a door is an alternate
means of escape or rescue. Practice your plan until each member of the
family understands it and is able to escape without assistance. Remember,
you may not be able to reach children during a fire emergency. Teach
children – even very young children – that they must escape from a fire in
the home and never hide from the fire or from emergency personnel.
34
EXTERIOR PAINTING/SEALING
OF ANDERSEN® PRODUCTS
Most Andersen products include Perma-Shield® prefinished exteriors that are
available in a variety of colors. The exterior of some Andersen products may
be painted or stained. However, improper painting and staining may cause
damage to vinyl, aluminum and other exterior materials. Please refer to the
individual product sections for details on painting Andersen product exteriors.
CAUTIONS
1. Directly applying certain types of after-market film to surfaces of the
insulating glass in windows or patio doors may cause thermal stress
conditions and result in glass breakage or seal failure. Andersen
Corporation is not responsible for product performance when films
are applied to Andersen products.
2. The use of removable insulating materials such as insulated window
coverings, shutters and other shading devices may also cause thermal
stress conditions and/or deformation of protective vinyl. In addition,
excessive condensation may result, which can have a deteriorating effect
on the window or patio door unit(s) involved. Andersen Corporation is
not responsible for product performance when these kinds of materials
or devices are applied to or used in conjunction with Andersen products.
3. In masonry wall construction, leave adequate clearance between sill,
jambs and masonry for caulking and dimensional change of framework.
4. Acid solutions commonly used to wash brick and other masonry
materials do not affect exterior cladding, but may etch the glass and
cause seal failure. Follow the acid solution manufacturer’s
recommendations carefully and also be careful to protect and/or cover
the entire window unit before washing down brick. Damage caused by
acid solution is not covered under the Andersen limited warranty.
5. Andersen windows may be combined in almost unlimited ribbons or stacks
if each unit is positively secured to structural elements on opposing sides
and if the proper joining system is used. See page 259 for more information.
Architectural
Casement Windows
SECTION REFERENCE
Styles & Size Ranges.................. 178
Window Details .................. 179–180
Performance Data ...................... 269
ARCHITECTURAL CASEMENT WINDOWS
Features
FRAME
GLASS
H
HARDWARE
A Heavy-duty extruded
aluminum cladding protects the
frame exterior, providing lowmaintenance durability. Standard
cladding finish meets AAMA 2604.
An optional finish that
meets the AAMA 2605
G
C
standard is also available.
™
Smooth Control
Hardware System
The Smooth Control™ hardware
system employs a worm gear
drive for easy operation. The
split-arm operator moves the
sash away from the frame to
provide for easier glass cleaning
on rectangular units. Archtop
and Springline™ units use the
same Smooth Control™ hardware
system with stainless steel butt
hinges for smooth operation.
(Hardware option and finish
must be specified.)
Tempered glass and other glass
options are available. Contact
your Andersen supplier. (Glass
option must be specified.)
excellent structural stability and
energy efficiency.
PATTERNED GLASS
Patterned glass options are
available. See page 12 for
more details.
E Heavy-duty extruded
Installation flange extends 1 1/2"
around the perimeter of the unit
for positioning and locating.
Installation clips are standard for
increased structural anchoring
to building members. Mounted
around the frame perimeter, the
clips rotate into position and can
be bent into place against the
framing members to suit all
jamb conditions.
Sandtone
• Low-E4® Sun glass
D Wood core members provide
Low-maintenance prefinished
white interiors are also available.
aluminum cladding protects
the sash exterior, providing lowmaintenance durability.
F Weatherstripping
throughout the unit provides
long-lasting,* energy-efficient
seal. Rain skirt is factory installed
on the perimeter of the sash.
G Silicone glazing bead
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
combined with two-sided
silicone tape provides
superior weathertightness.
** Actual wood is Sapele, also known as
African mahogany, a non-endangered
hardwood with color and characteristics
similar to American mahoganies.
Interior
Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order.
Terratone®
French Casement
Andersen architectural French
casements offer smooth operating
multi-point locking mechanisms
and hinges. This allows both sash
to swing outward from the center,
eliminating a center mullion post.
The multi-point lock is activated
with a single turn of a handle and
simultaneously secures both sash.
French casement windows have
a unique locking handle. French
casement hardware is available
in all finishes except distressed
bronze and distressed nickel.
• Low-E4® SmartSun™ glass
A
SASH
C Interior stops are unfinished.
glass
• Low-E4® glass
E
F
B
members are treated
with a water-repellent wood
preservative for long-lasting*
protection and performance.
White
™
options include:
D
B Wood frame
Exterior
H High-Performance
Forest Green Prairie Grass Dark Chestnut Black
Birch Bark
Dove Gray
Slate
Blue Spruce
Other species also available.
pine
oak
maple
alder
cherry
douglas fir
mahogany**
white
birch bark
primed white
Custom colors
available.
Terra Cotta
Cocoa Bean Dark Ivy
Hardware
Canvas
River Rock
Driftwood
Coral Green
Red Rock
Dark Bronze Midnight Blue
Grilles are available to match the window’s interior and exterior.
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture
make each wood casement window one-of-a-kind.
Sold Separately.
Estate Hardware
Folding Hardware
Available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome,
brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze,
distressed nickel and distressed bronze.
Available in bright brass, satin nickel, oil rubbed
bronze, white, stone, gold dust or black finish.
™
Classic Series Hardware
™
Folding handles avoid interference with window treatments.
Contemporary
Traditional
Available in bright brass, antique brass, satin nickel, oil rubbed
bronze, distressed bronze, white, stone, gold dust or black finish.
Available in white or stone finish.
Bold names denote
finish shown.
Hardware
Finishes
bright
brass
176
antique
brass
polished
chrome
brushed
chrome
satin
nickel
oil rubbed
bronze
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
white
stone
gold dust
black
Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples.
FRAME
Single-Actuation
Casement Lock
A single-actuation lock releases
the casement sash easily while
the “reach-out” action eliminates
binding when closing. The
handle is offered in finishes
that coordinate with your
specified hardware option.
PREFINISHED INTERIOR
Andersen® architectural casement
windows are available with
prefinished white interior
frame, sash and stops.
• 4 9/16"
• 5 1/4"
• 6 9/16"
• 7 1/8"
Architectural
casement windows
are available with
Stormwatch® protection. Contact
your Andersen supplier.
Sold Separately.
SPECIAL USE
OPERATORS
Compact Operator Handle
Specially designed for use in
situations where blinds or other
window treatments interfere
with standard operator handle.
Available in white or stone finish.
Extension Jambs
Architectural casement jamb
depth is 3 3/8". Extension jambs
are available for the following
wall thicknesses:
All sizes are available unfinished
or with white, birch bark or
primed finishes. All extension
jambs are available for jobsite
application or can be factory
applied.
HARDWARE
Architectural
Casement Windows
Accessories
Easy-Grip Handle
Larger knob makes
it easier to grip and operate.
Available in white or stone
finish. Andersen Classic Series™
design only.
Metal T-Handle
Our smallest
operator, the metal T-handle, may
make it more difficult for young
children (5 and under) to open
the window.
INSECT SCREENS
EXCLUSIVE
TruScene® Insect Screen
TruScene insect screens are
made with a micro-fine stainless
steel mesh that’s one-third the
diameter of our aluminum screen
wire. They provide over 50% more
clarity than our conventional
insect screens. They also let more
sunlight and fresh air into the
home. For casement and awning
windows, they are available with
stone- or white-colored frames.
Conventional Insect Screen
Conventional insect screens
have charcoal powder-coated
aluminum screen cloth. Frames
are available in white and stone.
For more information on child safety, write:
Andersen Corporation
LookOut for Kids® Program
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003
Corrosion-Resistant
Components*
Corrosion-resistant hinge and
operator arm hardware kits are
made with high-quality stainless
steel. They are designed for
harsh and corrosive environment
applications such as heavy
industrial or coastal areas.
For more information about
glass, patterned glass, grilles,
TruScene® insect screen
and installation accessories,
see pages 12–32 or visit
andersenwindows.com
Call 1-800-313-8889 or email us at:
lofk@andersencorp.com
Operator Spline Cover
An operator spline cover is an
attractive cap that covers the
roto operator stud when the
handle has been removed to
control access or operation of
the window. Operator spline
cover should not be used on
any window designated or
intended for emergency escape
or rescue. Please consult your
local building code official for
local egress code requirements.
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
CAUTION:
• Creosote-based stains should not come
in contact with Andersen products.
• Do not paint weatherstripping.
• Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing
corrosive solvents should not be used on
Andersen products.
177
ARCHITECTURAL CASEMENT WINDOWS
Style and Size Range
Scale 1 ⁄ 8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Standard sizes are available to complement Andersen® 400 Series products. For complete
standard window and minimum rough opening dimensions and opening specifications visit
Custom sized in 1 ⁄ 8" increments between minimum and maximum
andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier for details.
width and height dimensions.
Rectangle Casement Window
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
2'-0 1 ⁄ 8"
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
7'-0"
Twin Springline™ Casement Window*
3'-5"
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
to
5'-11 7 ⁄ 8"
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
to
4'-0"
Rectangular French Casement Window
3'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
to
CUSTOM WIDTHS
CUSTOM WIDTHS
4'-8 1 ⁄ 2"
8'-11 13 ⁄ 16"
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
7'-0"
to
to
CUSTOM WIDTHS
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
1'-8 1 ⁄ 2"
7'-0"
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
7'-0"
to
3'-4 13 ⁄ 16"
Springline™ French Casement Window*
to
4'-3"
to
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
7'-0"
to
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
7' 0"
to
2' 11 15 ⁄ 16"
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
Triple Archtop Casement Window*
5'-11 7 ⁄ 8"
to
Springline™ Flanker Casement Window*
CUSTOM WIDTHS
4'-0"
to
CUSTOM WIDTHS
Springline™ Casement Window*
to
to
2'-10"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
2'-0 1 ⁄ 8"
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
Twin Archtop Casement Window*
7'-0"
to
1'-5"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
3'-4 13 ⁄ 16" to 7'-0"
Unequal Leg Arch Casement Window
1'-5"
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
1'-8 1 ⁄ 2"
to
7'-0"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
to
to
to
Single Archtop Casement Window*
4'-0"
1'-5"
Trapezoid Casement Window*
Archtop French Casement Window
4'-8 1 ⁄ 2"
4'-0"
to
4'-8 1 ⁄ 2"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
to
5'-11 7 ⁄ 8"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
4'-0"
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
5'-11 7 ⁄ 8"
to
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
4'-11 7 ⁄ 8"
to
5'-11 7 ⁄ 8"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
* For exterior wall cladding that extends beyond the face of the window, there may be a reduction in the amount of opening "swing" when the curved portion of the sash touches the curved portion of the wall cladding.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
178
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Architectural
Casement Windows
Clad Casement Window Details
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116) Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
(33)
3 3 ⁄ 8" (86)
Arch Casing
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
7 ⁄ 8" (22)
3 3 ⁄ 8"
(86)
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
(33)
Jamb
1 ⁄ 4"
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
(6)
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
Unobstructed
Glass Width
Unit Dimension Width
Jamb
1 ⁄ 4"
Minimum Rough Opening Width
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
Insect Screen
Unobstructed
Glass Height
Extension Jambs
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
Extension Jambs
Head - Lineal
Insect Screen
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
7 ⁄ 8"
(22)
Unit Dimension Height
1 1 ⁄ 8"
(29)
Minimum Rough Opening Height
Head - Curved Top
1 7 ⁄ 16" (37)
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
(6)
Sill
Horizontal Section
Vertical Section
Rectangular or Curved Top
Clad Casement Springline™ Window Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116) Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
3 3 ⁄ 8"
(86)
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
(33)
Jamb
1 ⁄ 4"
(6)
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
Unobstructed
Glass Width
Unit Dimension Width
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
Jamb
1 ⁄ 4"
Interior Casing
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
Insect Screen
Unobstructed
Glass Height
Extension Jambs
3 3 ⁄ 8" (86)
7 ⁄ 8"
(22)
Extension Jambs
Head
Insect Screen
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
7 ⁄ 8"
(22)
Unit Dimension Height
1 1 ⁄ 8"
(29)
Minimum Rough Opening Height
(33)
1 7 ⁄ 16" (37)
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
(6)
Sill
Vertical Section
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete window assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to unit installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
179
ARCHITECTURAL CASEMENT WINDOWS
Clad Casement Fixed Picture and Transom Window Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116) Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
(33)
3 3 ⁄ 8" (86)
Curved Casing
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
7 ⁄ 8" (22)
Head - Curved Top
1 5 ⁄ 16"
(33)
Jamb
1 ⁄ 4"
(6)
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
Unobstructed
Glass Width
Unit Dimension Width
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Jamb
1 ⁄ 4"
Unobstructed
Glass Height
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
Head - Lineal
3 1 ⁄ 8"
(79)
Extension Jambs
Unit Dimension Height
7 ⁄ 8"
(22)
3 3 ⁄ 8"
(86)
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
1 1 ⁄ 8"
(29)
Minimum Rough Opening Height
Extension Jamb
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
(6)
Sill
Horizontal Section
Vertical Section
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete window assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
180
Architectural
Monumental
Double-Hung Windows
SECTION REFERENCE
Styles & Size Ranges.................. 183
Window Details .......................... 184
Performance Data ...................... 269
ARCHITECTURAL MONUMENTAL DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS
Features
Accessories
A
FRAME
E Weatherstripping throughout
the unit provides long-lasting,*
energy-efficient seal.
G
A Heavy-duty extruded
aluminum cladding
protects the frame
exterior, providing
low-maintenance
F
durability.
D
Standard
cladding finish
E
meets AAMA 2604.
An optional finish that B
meets the AAMA 2605
standard is also available.
Extension Jambs
Standard jamb depth is 4 9/16".
Extension jambs are available for
the following wall thicknesses:
• 5 1/4"
• 6 9/16"
• 7 1/8"
All sizes are available unfinished
or with white, birch bark or
primed finishes. All extension
jambs are available for jobsite
application or can be factory
applied.
F Silicone glazing bead
combined with two-sided
silicone tape helps provide
superior weathertightness.
C
GLASS
B Wood frame members
G High-Performance
™
SASH
®
• Low-E4
aluminum cladding protects
the sash exterior, providing lowmaintenance durability.
D Wood sash members
Installation flange extends
1 1/2" around the perimeter of the
unit to help properly position the
unit in the opening. Installation
clips are standard for increased
structural anchoring to building
members. Mounted around the
frame perimeter, the clips rotate
into position and can be bent
into place against the framing
members to suit all
jamb conditions.
glass
are treated with a waterrepellent wood preservative
for long-lasting* protection
and performance. Radii are
made of laminated continuous
pine veneers. Lineal components
are solid or engineered wood
with a pine core.
glass
EXCLUSIVE
• Low-E4® SmartSun™ glass
®
• Low-E4
Insect Screen Frames
Choose full insect screen or half
insect screen (shown above).
Half insect screen configurations
allow ventilation without affecting
the view through the upper sash.
Available in colors to match
product exteriors.
INSECT SCREENS
options include:
C Heavy-duty extruded
are treated with a waterrepellent wood preservative
for long-lasting* protection
and performance.
Sun glass
TruScene® Insect Screen
TruScene insect screens are
made with a micro-fine stainless
steel mesh that’s one-third the
diameter of our aluminum screen
wire. They provide over 50% more
clarity than our conventional
insect screens. They also let
more sunlight and fresh air into
the home.
Tempered glass and other glass
options are available. Contact
your Andersen supplier. (Glass
option must be specified.)
PATTERNED GLASS
Patterned glass options are
available. See page 12 for
more details.
Casings
Curved interior casings are
available in the same profiles
as other Andersen® products.
Curved exterior aluminum
and wood casings are available
in matching radii and a variety
of profiles.
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
Conventional Insect Screen
Conventional insect screens
have powder-coated aluminum
screen cloth.
For more information about
glass, patterned glass, grilles,
TruScene® insect screen
and installation accessories,
see pages 12–32 or visit
Sold Separately.
** Actual wood is Sapele, also known as
African mahogany, a non-endangered
hardwood with color and characteristics
similar to American mahoganies.
andersenwindows.com
Exterior
White
Sandtone
Interior
Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order.
Terratone®
Forest Green Prairie Grass Dark Chestnut Black
Birch Bark
Dove Gray
Slate
Blue Spruce
Other species also available.
pine
oak
maple
alder
cherry
douglas fir
mahogany**
white
birch bark
primed white
Custom colors
available.
Terra Cotta
Cocoa Bean Dark Ivy
Hardware
Canvas
River Rock
Driftwood
Coral Green Red Rock
Dark Bronze Midnight Blue
Grilles are available to match the window’s interior and exterior.
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture
make each wood casement window one-of-a-kind.
Sold Separately.
Hardware
Andersen architectural monumental double-hung windows feature unique sash locks
and lifts. They are available in bright brass, bronze and white. Custodial locks that
allow tilting for cleaning but limit access and prevent unauthorized tilting of the
sash are standard. Contact your Andersen supplier for more information.
Sash Locks
Sash Lifts
Hardware
Finishes
182
Bold names denote
finish shown.
Printing limitations prevent
exact finish replication.
See your Andersen supplier
for actual finish samples.
bright
brass
bronze
white
Style and Size Range
Scale 1 ⁄ 8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Standard sizes are available to complement Andersen® 400 Series and 200 Series products.
Custom sized in 1 ⁄ 8" increments between minimum and maximum
specifications visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier for details.
width and height dimensions.
Single Archtop Single-Hung &
Double-Hung Window
to
5'-5 5 ⁄ 8"
2'-9 5 ⁄ 8"
5'-5 5 ⁄ 8"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
10'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
4'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
to
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
10'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
to
4'-0 3 ⁄ 4"
to
Springline™ Flanker Single-Hung Window
Unequal Leg Arch Single-Hung &
Double-Hung Window
to
2'-1 5 ⁄ 8"
5'-5 5 ⁄ 8"
to
CUSTOM WIDTHS
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
3'-0 3 ⁄ 4"
to
10'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
2'-5 5 ⁄ 8"
Springline™ Single-Hung Window
Rectangle Single-Hung &
Double-Hung Window
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
2'-1 5 ⁄ 8"
Architectural
Monumental
Double-Hung Windows
For complete standard window and minimum rough opening dimensions and opening
2'-5 5 ⁄ 8"
5'-5 5 ⁄ 8"
to
5'-5 5 ⁄ 8"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
CUSTOM WIDTHS
Twin Springline™ Archtop Single-Hung & Double-Hung Window
4'-3 1 ⁄ 4"
to
Some larger windows may be required to
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
10'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
5'-8 3 ⁄ 4"
to
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
3'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
to
10'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
All windows may be order fixed over fixed.
be ordered fixed over fixed. A fixed upper
sash is standard when upper sash height
is greater than 48".
Twin Springline™ Flanker Single-Hung Window
4'-11 1 ⁄ 4"
10'-11 1 ⁄ 4"
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
10'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
to
5'-8 3 ⁄ 4"
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
10'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
to
8'-3 1 ⁄ 4"
CUSTOM WIDTHS
CUSTOM WIDTHS
3'-4 3 ⁄ 4"
to
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
183
ARCHITECTURAL MONUMENTAL DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS
Monumental Double-Hung Window Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
6 1 ⁄ 8" (156)
4 9 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
13 ⁄ 16"
(21)
(116)
Jamb Width
1 9 ⁄ 16"
(40)
Full Insect
Screen Shown,
Half Insect
Screen
Available
13 ⁄ 16"
1 17 ⁄ 32" (39)
Check Rail
(60)
1 17 ⁄ 32" (39)
Check Rail
4 1 ⁄ 4" (108)
Vertical Section
Springline™ Double-Hung Window
Vertical Section
Rectangular Double-Hung Window
4 1 ⁄ 4" (108)
Minimum Rough Opening Width
1 ⁄ 4"
4 3 ⁄ 16"
(106)
(6)
Extension
Jambs
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
(21)
Check Rail
Jamb
2 x 6 Wall
Jamb
2 x 4 Wall
Horizontal Section
Springline™ Double-Hung Window
Unit Dimension Width
1 ⁄ 4"
(6)
13 ⁄ 16"
(21)
Jamb
2 x 6 Wall
(6)
Jamb
2 x 4 Wall
Horizontal Section
Rectangular and Archtop Double-Hung Window
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete window assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
184
1 ⁄ 4"
4 3 ⁄ 16"
(106)
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
13 ⁄ 16"
1 17 ⁄ 32" (39)
6 1 ⁄ 8" (156)
(6)
Archtop Curved Head
Vertical Section
Archtop Double-Hung Window
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Extension
Jambs
(21)
2 11 ⁄ 32" (60)
Sill
Sill
Unit Dimension Width
Arch Casing
13 ⁄ 16"
4 1 ⁄ 4" (108)
Sill
1 ⁄ 4"
Full Insect
Screen Shown,
Half Insect
Screen
Available
Head
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
Springline™ Curved Head
(21)
2 11 ⁄ 32"
3 13 ⁄ 32" (87)
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
(40)
6 1 ⁄ 8" (156)
Interior
Curved Casing
Minimum Rough Opening Height
(116)
Jamb Width
1 9 ⁄ 16"
(40)
6 1 ⁄ 8" (156)
1 9 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Height
6 1 ⁄ 8" (156)
Architectural
Specialty Windows
SECTION REFERENCE
Window Details .......................... 188
Combination Designs ................. 259
Performance Data ...................... 269
ARCHITECTURAL SPECIALTY WINDOWS
Features
Accessories
FRAME
Jambs
A variety of jamb designs
aare available to complement
AAndersen® 400 Series and
2 Series products.
200
B
B
Extension Jambs
Standard jamb depths are
4 9/16" or 2 7/8". Extension jambs
are available for the following
wall thicknesses:
A variety of basic unit jamb
w
widths
are available to match
4 Series and 200 Series
400
u
units.
Specify desired jamb
w
width
when ordering.
E
• 4 9/16"
• 5 1/4"
• 6 9/16"
• 7 1/8"
A
A
All sizes are available unfinished
or with white, birch bark or
primed finishes. All extension
jambs are available for jobsite
application or can be factory
applied.
D
E High-Performance
™
C
glass
options include:
D
• Low-E4® glass
C
• Low-E4® SmartSun™ glass
FRAME
• Low-E4® Sun glass
A Heavy-duty aluminum
C Wood members are treated
cladding protects the frame
exterior, providing lowmaintenance durability. Standard
cladding finish meets AAMA 2604.
An optional finish that meets
the AAMA 2605 standard is also
available.
with a water-repellent wood
preservative for long-lasting*
protection and performance.
Radii are made of laminated
continuous veneers. Lineal
components are solid or
engineered wood with
a pine core.
B A vinyl installation flange
extends 1 1/2" around the
perimeter of the unit to help
properly position the unit in
the opening. Installation clips
are standard for increased
structural anchoring to building
members. Mounted around
the frame perimeter, the clips
rotate into position and can
be bent into place against the
framing members to suit all
jamb conditions.
D Silicone glazing bead
PATTERNED GLASS
2 1/2" Colonial style. WM351.
Patterned glass options are
available. See page 12 for
more details.
combined with two-sided
silicone tape provides
superior weathertightness.
For arch windows: 2 7/8" x 4"
size for use with 2 1/4" and 2 1/2"
casing, 3 7/8" x 5 1/4" size for use
with 3 1/2" casing.
Architectural
specialty windows
are available with
Stormwatch® protection.
Contact your Andersen supplier.
Sandtone
For Circle Top,™ elliptical, circle
and oval windows: 2 7/8" size
for use with 2 1/4" and 2 1/2"
casing, 3 7/8" size for use with
3 1/2" casing.
Forest Green Prairie Grass Dark Chestnut Black
2 1/4" Ranch style. WM324.
2 1/2" Ranch style. WM315.
** Actual wood is Sapele, also known as
African mahogany, a non-endangered
hardwood with color and characteristics
similar to American mahoganies.
Interior
Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order.
Terratone®
3 1/2" Colonial style. WM444.
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
andersenwindows.com
White
2 1/4" Colonial style. WM366.
Plinth Blocks
For enhancing casing transitions.
Decorated with a radial sunburst,
or use the reverse side flush face.
Tempered glass and other glass
options are available. Contact
your Andersen supplier. (Glass
option must be specified.)
For more information about
glass, patterned glass, grilles
and installation accessories,
see pages 12–32 or visit
Exterior
Interior Arch Casing
Available in colonial or ranch
styles. Additional profiles are also
available. For easy integration
and consistency, casing
dimensions are consistent
with Wood Moulding and
Millwork Producers Association
specifications. Available in
pine, oak, maple, alder, cherry,
douglas fir and mahogany.**
Additional dimensions are also
available. Contact your Andersen
supplier for more information.
GLASS
G
E
Sold Separately.
Birch Bark
Dove Gray
Slate
Blue Spruce
Other species also available.
pine
oak
maple
alder
cherry
douglas fir
mahogany**
white
birch bark
primed white
Custom colors
available.
Terra Cotta
186
Cocoa Bean Dark Ivy
Canvas
River Rock
Driftwood
Coral Green Red Rock
Dark Bronze Midnight Blue
Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication.
See your dealer for actual color samples.
Grilles are available to match the window’s interior and exterior.
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture
make each wood specialty window one-of-a-kind.
FIXED WINDOWS
Rectangle
Right Triangle
Isosceles Triangle
Trapezoid
Angled Pentagon
Peak Pentagon
Parallelogram
Equilateral Hexagon
Diamond
Octagon
Double Clip Corner
Gothic
Circle Top™
Quarter Round
Full Chord
Partial Chord
Elliptical
Extended Gothic
Springline™
Springline™ Flanker
Archtop
Unequal Leg Arch
Circle
Oval
Extended Reverse Partial Chord
Extended Reverse Chord
Quatrefoil
Architectural
Specialty Windows
Andersen® architectural specialty windows are available in a variety of sizes. Fixed unit profiles may vary
dependent upon shape. Contact your Andersen supplier for specific sizes, details and joining information.
The Andersen® architectural specialty window shapes below are also available by special order.
Partial Arch
Partial Elliptical
Quarter Arch
Partial Extended Arch
Reverse Partial Chord
Eyebrow
Extended Eyebrow
Extended Elliptical
187
ARCHITECTURAL SPECIALTY WINDOWS
Specialty Window Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Complements Casement, Awning and Picture Windows
Complements Double-Hung Windows and Patio Doors
5 7 ⁄ 8" (149)
5 7 ⁄ 8" (149)
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16" (33)
1 5 ⁄ 16" (33)
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
7⁄ 8" (23)
1 13 ⁄ 16"
(46)
1 1 ⁄ 2"
(38)
Curved
Extension Jamb
11 ⁄ 16"
7⁄ 8"
(23)
(29)
Curved Head
Sill
Sill
Vertical Section
(23)
13 ⁄ 16"
11 ⁄ 16"
(21)
(18)
(18)
13 ⁄ 16"
Interior
Trim Stop
(21)
Mullion
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
11 ⁄ 16"
Jamb
1 5 ⁄ 16"
(33)
Unit Dimension Width
Unit Dimension Width
(3)
Minimum Rough Opening Width
1 ⁄ 8"
Jamb
Jamb
Horizontal Reinforced LVL Joining Detail
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Vertical Section
Specialty over 400 Series
Woodwright® Double-Hung Window
Unit Dimension Width
Horizontal Section
Horizontal (stack) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail
Vertical Section
Specialty over 400 Series
Casement Window
Unit Dimension Width
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Vertical Section
Specialty over 200 Series
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window
For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259.
Vertical Section
Specialty over 400 Series
Frenchwood® Hinged Inswing Patio Door
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete window assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings.
188
(21)
(18)
11 ⁄ 16" (18)
13 ⁄ 16" (21)
Vertical Section
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
(33)
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
7⁄ 8" (23)
7⁄ 8"
1 1 ⁄ 8" (29)
13 ⁄ 16"
11 ⁄ 16"
Lineal Head
Lineal Head
Curved Head
4 9 ⁄ 16" (116)
Jamb Width
Architectural
Folding Outswing
Patio Doors
SECTION REFERENCE
Styles & Size Ranges...........191–192
Door Details ....................... 193–194
Performance Data ...................... 269
ARCHITECTURAL FOLDING OUTSWING PATIO DOORS
B
Features
A
When closed, these doors create
ate a
stately wall of light. When open,
en,
they transform a room into a
gateway to the world outside.
With standard or custom panel
el
designs, configurations up to
48 feet wide and operating modes
odes
that let you open the doors from
om
the left, right or center, Andersen
sen®
folding outswing patio doors
will impress even the most
demanding customers.
C
PANEL
PA
GLASS
The aluminum clad panel has a
dual weather strip design at the
bottom
botto and along the panel edges
providing
prov
an airtight seal.
Available
Avai
in a traditional style
with a tall bottom rail and a
contemporary
cont
style with equal
stiles
stile and rails.
Panels are silicone bed glazed
and finished with an interior
wood stop.
Standard
High-Performance™ glass options
include:
SILL
SIL
• Low-E4® tempered glass
• Low-E4® SmartSun™
tempered glass
• Low-E4® Sun tempered glass
Three sill options are available:
Thre
FRAME
C The standard sill, which offers
A Heavy-duty extruded
a PG 30 rating for sizes up to 24'
wide and 10' tall, is available in
painted gray or painted dark bronze.
aluminum cladding protects
the exterior from the elements.
Both frame and panels are
available with wood exteriors
as a special product request.
places the track even with the
finished floor.
members are treated with a
water-repellent wood preservative
for long-lasting* protection and
performance.
Flush Track
E The low profile option provides
easy accessibility. Available in
painted gray or dark bronze.
Traditional
EXTERIOR FINISH
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
The aluminum exterior frame
and clad panels feature a
durable, low-maintenance
AAMA 2605 finish.
E
Low Profile
Contemporary
Exterior
Sandtone
Additional glass options are
available. Contact your
Andersen supplier. (Glass
option must be specified.
D
D The flush track option
B The engineered wood frame
White
C
Interior
Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order.
Terratone®
Forest Green Prairie Grass Dark Chestnut Black
Birch Bark
Dove Gray
Slate
Blue Spruce
Other species also available.
pine
oak
maple
alder
birch bark
cherry
douglas fir
mahogany**
white
primed white
Custom colors
available.
Terra Cotta
Cocoa Bean Dark Ivy
Hardware
Canvas
River Rock
Driftwood
Coral Green
Red Rock
Dark Bronze Midnight Blue
Grilles are available to match the door’s interior and exterior.
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture
make each architectural door panel one-of-a-kind.
Sold Separately.
Albany
Tribeca ®
Anvers®
Newbury®
Covington™
Whitmore®
Encino®
Yuma®
black
gold dust
stone
white
white
stone
bright bras
brass
satin nickel
nicke
oil rubbed bbronze
bright brass
antique brass
polished chrome
brushed chrome
satin nickel
oil rubbed bronze
bright brass
antique brass
oil rubbed bronze
bright brass
antique brass
satin nickel
oil rubbed bronze
distressed nickel
distressed bronze
distressed nickel
distressed bronze
Bold names denote
finish shown.
Hardware
Finishes
bright
brass
antique
brass
polished
chrome
brushed
chrome
satin
nickel
oil rubbed
bronze
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
white
stone
gold dust
black
Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples. Tribeca and Albany hardware are zinc diecast with powder-coated durable finish. Other hardware is solid forged brass.
Mix-and-match interior and exterior style and finish options are available. Bright brass and satin nickel finishes feature a 10-year limited warranty.
** Actual wood is Sapele, also known as African mahogany, a non-endangered hardwood with color and characteristics similar to American mahoganies.
190
Accessories
PATTERNED GLASS
FRAME
Patterned glass options are
available. See page 12 for
more details.
Extension Jambs
Standard jamb depth is 6 9/16".
Interior extension jambs are
available up to 11".
Custom Panel Designs
Rectangular panels are available
with virtually any design. See your
Andersen supplier for details.
TRIM
Exterior Trim Options
Aluminum brick mould is
optional for clad folding doors.
Custom Panel Examples
1 5 ⁄ 16"
HARDWARE
2"
Aluminum Brick Mould
Wood brick mould is pre-applied
and comes standard on wood
folding doors.
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Locking System
The folding patio door has a
multi-point locking system
with two hook bolts above and
below the center dead bolt along
with flush bolts on the non active
panels that lock into the head
and sill. This system provides
added weathertightness and
enhanced security. The flush
bolts and pull handles are
available in a matte black
or satin stainless steel finish.
Architectural
Folding Outswing
Patio Doors
2"
Wood Brick Mould
Pull Handle
Flush Bolt
For more information about glass,
patterned glass, grilles, insect screens
and installation accessories, visit:
andersenwindows.com
191
ARCHITECTURAL FOLDING OUTSWING PATIO DOORS
Folding Outswing Patio Door Panel and Size Ranges
Scale 1 ⁄ 8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
2-Panels to
16-Panels
CUSTOM HEIGHTS
Minimum 6'-8"
Maximum 10'-0"
Custom sized in 1 ⁄ 8"
increments. Contact
your Andersen supplier
CUSTOM WIDTHS
Number of Panels
Minimum to Maximum
Number of Panels
Minimum to Maximum
Number of Panels
Minimum to Maximum
2-Panel
3'-2 1/4" to 6'-8 1/8"
7-Panel
10'-9 1/4" to 22'-11 7/8"
12-Panel
18'-5 1/8" to 39'-4 1/8"
3-Panel
4'-8 5/8" to 9'-11 1/4"
8-Panel
12'-4 1/2" to 26'-3 1/8"
13-Panel
19'-10 1/4" to 42'-7 1/8"
4-Panel
6'-3 7/8" to 13'-2 1/4"
9-Panel
13'-9 5/8" to 29'-6 1/2"
14-Panel
21'-5 3/8" to 45'-10 1/2"
for dimensions and
specifications.
5-Panel
7'-9" to 16'-5 5/8"
10-Panel
15'-4 3/4" to 32'-9 7/8"
15-Panel
22'-10 1/4" to 48'-0"
Doors open to the exterior.
6-Panel
9'-9 1/8" to 19'-8 3/4"
11-Panel
16'-9 7/8" to 36'-0 3/4"
16-Panel
24'-4 7/8" to 48'-0"
Traditional panel shown,
• "Minimum to Maximum" door width dimensions refers to frame to frame dimension.
see page 191 for additional
panel styles.
Panel Configurations
Configurations are listed from left to right as viewed from the exterior.
Two Panel
Four Panel
Five Panel
Six Panel
Seven Panel
Eight Panel
2L
4L
5L
6L
7L
8L
2R
3L1R
4L1R
5L1R
6L1R
7L1R
2L2R
3L2R
4L2R
5L2R
6L2R
3L
4R
5R
3L3R
4L3R
5L3R
2L1R
1L3R
1L4R
6R
7R
4L4R
2L3R
1L5R
1L6R
8R
2L4R
2L5R
1L7R
3L4R
2L6R
Three Panel
3R
1L2R
3L5R
Nine Panel
Ten Panel
Eleven Panel
8L1R
8L2R
8L3R
7L2R
7L3R(PA)
7L3R(AP)
7L4R
6L3R
6L4R
6L5R
5L4R
5L5R(PA)
5L5R(AP)
5L6R
4L5R
4L6R
4L7R
3L6R
3L7R(PA)
3L7R(AP)
3L8R
2L7R
2L8R
1L8R
Twelve Panel
Thirteen Panel
Fourteen Panel
8L4R
8L5R
8L6R
7L5R(PA)
7L5R(AP)
7L6R
7L7R(PA)
7L7R(AP)
6L6R
6L7R
6L8R
5L7R(PA)
5L7R(AP)
5L8R
4L8R
Fifteen Panel
Sixteen Panel
8L7R
8L8R
7L8R
192
Design Criteria
To allow for proper performance and
Folding Outswing Patio Doors, Traditional/Contemporary Panel Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
operation, verify the structural integrity
1 9 ⁄ 16"
of the header such that the maximum
4 9 ⁄ 16"
4 1 ⁄ 16"
deflection with live and dead loads is
limited to the lesser of L/750 of the span
with Low-E4®, SmartSun™ or Sun glass is
Complete panel details not shown.
6 9 ⁄ 16"
and 1 ⁄ 4". The maximum weight per panel
200 lbs. Weights using alternate glazings
will need to be provided by Andersen.
1 5 ⁄ 16"
jamb
5 5 ⁄ 8"
5 5 ⁄ 8"
Unit Dimension
Minimum Rough Opening
3 ⁄ 8"
Construction
The standard construction of the folding
jamb
3 ⁄ 8"
Stationary Jamb/Operating Jamb
Horizontal Section
outswing door is an aluminum clad
exterior with a rich wood interior. Clad
1 9 ⁄ 16"
folding door details are shown. Wood
4 9 ⁄ 16"
4 1 ⁄ 16"
folding doors are also available, visit
andersenwindow.com/foldingdoors for
Architectural
Folding Outswing
Patio Doors
Complete panel details not shown.
6 9 ⁄ 16"
more information.
For custom panel sets that meet in
the middle, see the panel/astragal
details below.
1 5 ⁄ 16"
jamb
5 5 ⁄ 8"
5 5 ⁄ 8"
Unit Dimension
Minimum Rough Opening
3 ⁄ 8"
jamb
3 ⁄ 8"
Stationary Jamb/Stationary Jamb
Horizontal Section
1 9 ⁄ 16"
9 5 ⁄ 8"
Astragal – Leading/Leading
Horizontal Section
Unit Dimension
• Clad folding door details are shown. Wood folding door details are
available at andersenwindows.com/foldingdoors.
• 6 9 ⁄ 16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation
flange to inside edge of door frame.
• Light-colored areas are included with the door unit. Dark-colored
areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door
assembly as shown and must be specified.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of
building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other
items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent
complete or appropriate product installation methods or materials
for application. Refer to product installation guide.
1 9 ⁄ 16"
2 3 ⁄ 16"
9 3 ⁄ 8"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
Astragal – Leading/Active
Horizontal Section
Astragal – Passive/Active
Horizontal Section
193
ARCHITECTURAL FOLDING OUTSWING PATIO DOORS
Folding Outswing Patio Doors, Traditional Panel Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
6 9 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
3 7 ⁄ 16"
7 1 ⁄ 2"
7 1 ⁄ 2"
7 1 ⁄ 2"
Minimum Rough Opening
Unit Dimension
head
Unobstr.
Glass
sill
9 9 ⁄ 16"
1 13 ⁄ 16"
Vertical Section
Traditional Panel, Standard Sill
head
sill
9 9 ⁄ 16"
Minimum Rough Opening
Unit Dimension
Unobstr.
Glass
sill
4 1 ⁄ 8"
4 1 ⁄ 8"
9 9 ⁄ 16"
Minimum Rough Opening
Unit Dimension
3 7 ⁄ 16"
3 7 ⁄ 16"
4 1 ⁄ 8"
head
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Unobstr.
Glass
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 ⁄ 2"
Dimension from
subfloor to top of
door threshold
may vary with type
of installation
method used.
7 ⁄ 8"
Dimension
from top of
finished floor.
7 ⁄ 16"
Dimension
from top of
finished floor.
Vertical Section
Traditional Panel, Low Profile Threshold
Vertical Section
Traditional Panel, Flush Sill (Track-In-Floor)
Folding Outswing Patio Doors, Contemporary Panel Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
6 9 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
3 7 ⁄ 16"
3 7 ⁄ 16"
7 1 ⁄ 2"
7 1 ⁄ 2"
7 1 ⁄ 2"
head
5 7⁄ 16"
1 13 ⁄ 16"
Vertical Section
Contemporary Panel, Standard Sill
Dimension from
subfloor to top of
door threshold
may vary with type
of installation
method used.
sill
7 ⁄ 16"
Vertical Section
Contemporary Panel, Low Profile Threshold
1 ⁄ 2"
7 ⁄ 8"
Dimension
from top of
finished floor.
Dimension
from top of
finished floor.
Vertical Section
Contemporary Panel, Flush Sill (Track-In-Floor)
• Clad folding door details are shown. Wood folding door details are available at andersenwindows.com/foldingdoors.
• 6 9 ⁄ 16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange to inside edge of door frame.
• Light-colored areas are included with the door unit. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown and must be specified.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent complete or appropriate product installation methods or materials for application. Refer to product installation guide.
194
head
4 15 ⁄ 16"
sill
4 1 ⁄ 8"
Minimum Rough Opening
Unit Dimension
sill
Unobstr.
Glass
Minimum Rough Opening
Unit Dimension
Unobstr.
Glass
4 1 ⁄ 8"
5 15 ⁄ 16"
Minimum Rough Opening
Unit Dimension
4 1 ⁄ 8"
head
6 9 ⁄ 16"
3 7 ⁄ 16"
Unobstr.
Glass
1 1 ⁄ 16"
Architectural
Curved Top Patio Doors
SECTION REFERENCE
Springline™ Patio Doors
Door Dimensions &
Specifications ......................... 197
Door Details .....................197–198
Arch Patio Doors
Door & Sidelight
Dimensions &
Specifications .................199–200
Sidelight Details &
Joining Details......................... 200
Door Details .................... 201–202
ARCHITECTURAL CURVED TOP PATIO DOORS
Features
es
Accessories
Sold Separately.
B
FRAME
A Heavy-duty
extruded aluminum
cladding protects
the frame
exterior, providing
low-maintenance
durability. Standard
cladding finish
meets AAMA
2604. An
optional finish that
Inswing
swing
swing
meets the AAMA 2605
05 Ins
standard is also available.
Installation flange extends
1 1/2" around three sides
D
of the unit to help properly
position the unit in the
opening. Installation clips
are standard for increased
structural anchoring to
building members. Mounted
around the frame perimeter, the
clips rotate into position and can
be bent into place against
the framing members to
suit all jamb conditions.
B Wood frame members are
treated with a water-repellent
wood preservative for longlasting* protection and
performance. Radii are made of
laminated continuous veneers.
Lineal components are engineered
wood with a pine core.
C Extruded aluminum sill is
thermally broken and available
in painted bronze or gray finish.
Innovative sill design provides
superior water management.
Standard inswing sills have an
oak cap. Maple or mahogany**
are optional. Inswing sills have
an interior wood trim strip to
match the interior finish.
D One-piece compression
weatherstripping at the frame
sides and head protects against
air and water infiltration. Flexible
thermoplastic sweep is featured
at the bottom of the panel on
inswing units. Outswing doors
also feature a polypropylene
Exterior
White
Sandtone
A
H
PATTERNED GLASS
FRAME
Patterned glass options are
available. See page 12 for
more details.
Extension Jambs
Inswing and outswing standard
jamb depth is 4 9/16." Inswing is
also available in a 6 9/16" jamb
depth. Interior extension jambs
are available in the following
thicknesses:
HARDWARE
Multi-Point Locking System/
Expanded Offering
The Architectural hinged patio
door has a multi-point locking
system, with two hook bolts
above and below the dead bolt.
This system provides added
weathertightness and enhanced
security. For hardware style and
finish options see page 16.
G
E
F
C
Outswing
rainskirt at the panel sides and
top for added protection.
PANEL
E Heavy-duty extruded
aluminum cladding protects the
panel exterior, providing lowmaintenance durability.
F Panel interior surfaces
• 5 1/4"
• 6 9/16"
• 7 1/8"
Interior extension jambs on
inswing units will restrict the full
opening of the door.
Exterior Keyed Lock
A six-pin key cylinder lock
is available for all patio doors
in styles and finishes that
coordinate with hardware. This
lock allows the door to be locked
and unlocked from the exterior.
Hardware Options
See pages 16–17 for hardware
styles and finish options.
Hinges
Ball bearing hinges are standard
and are available in satin nickel,
stainless steel, oil rubbed bronze
and white finishes to complement
hardware trimsets.
Casings
Curved interior casings are
available in the same profiles as
other Andersen® products. Curved
exterior aluminum and wood
casings are available in matching
radii and a variety of profiles.
Operation
Inswing and outswing units are
available. Choose left-hinged,
right-hinged or stationary as
viewed from the exterior.
are unfinished wood veneers.
Available species are pine, oak,
maple, alder, cherry, douglas fir
and mahogany.**
G Silicone glazing bead
combined with two-sided
silicone tape provides
superior weathertightness.
GLASS
GLASS
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
H High-Performance™ glass
options include:
®
• Low-E4
For more information about
glass, patterned glass, grilles
and installation accessories,
see pages 12–32 or visit
tempered glass
• Low-E4® SmartSun™
tempered glass
• Low-E4® Sun tempered glass
** Actual wood is Sapele, also known as
African mahogany, a non-endangered
hardwood with color and characteristics
similar to American mahoganies.
andersenwindows.com
Additional glass options are
available. Contact your Andersen
supplier. (Glass option must
be specified.)
Interior
Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order.
Terratone®
HARDWARE
Forest Green Prairie Grass Dark Chestnut Black
Birch Bark
Dove Gray
Slate
Blue Spruce
Other species also available.
pine
oak
maple
alder
birch bark
cherry
douglas fir
mahogany**
white
primed white
Custom colors
available.
Terra Cotta
196
Cocoa Bean Dark Ivy
Canvas
River Rock
Driftwood
Coral Green Red Rock
Dark Bronze Midnight Blue
Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication.
See your dealer for actual color samples.
Grilles are available to match the door’s interior and exterior.
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture
make each architectural door panel one-of-a-kind.
Patio Door Heights
Custom-size doors are available in 1 ⁄ 8" increments.
Traditional panels are standard. Custom designed and 3 ⁄ 4-light panels are also available. Stationary single
AHISDxx80AP/PA
AHOSDxx80AP/PA
AHISDxx80
AHOSDxx80
(S) or stationary 2-panel (SS) doors are also available (i.e. AHISD3180S or AHOSD4080SS).
Springline™ Inswing (AHISD) and Springline™ Outswing (AHOSD) Patio Door Dimensions & Opening Specifications
Door Dimension
Door
Number
Min. Rough Opening
Inswing
Outswing
Clear Opening
Clear Opening
Clear
Clear
Shoulder
°
°
Height 90 Width Full Width Full Height Opening Venting 90 Width Full Width Full Height Opening Venting
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft.
Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft.
Inches
Glass
Area
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Door
Area
Sq. Ft.
22.88
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Radius
Inches
3180
35 15/16"
95 1/2"
37"
96"
18"
77 1/2"
30 7/8"
32 13/16"
75 3/4"
17.26
20.27
31 3/8"
33 5/16"
75 3/4"
17.52
20.53
13.28
3380
37 15/16"
95 1/2"
39"
96"
19"
76 1/2"
32 7/8"
34 13/16"
74 3/4"
18.07
21.45
33 3/8"
35 5/16"
74 3/4"
18.33
21.71
14.31
24.09
4080AP/PA
47 1/4"
95 1/2"
48"
96"
23 5/8"
71 7/8"
39 15/16"
43 13/16"
70 1/8"
21.34
26.72
40 11/16"
44 5/8"
70 1/8"
21.73
27.12
13.27
29.67
4080AP/PA*
47 1/4"
95 1/2"
48"
96"
23 5/8"
71 7/8"
18 15/16"
20 7/8"
70 1/8"
10.17
11.72
19 1/4"
21 1/4"
70 1/8"
10.35
11.72
13.27
29.67
5080AP/PA
59 1/4"
95 1/2"
60"
96"
29 5/8"
65 7/8"
51 15/16"
55 13/16"
64 1/8"
24.85
33.54
52 11/16"
56 5/8"
64 1/8"
25.22
33.90
19.14
36.68
5080AP/PA*
59 1/4"
95 1/2"
60"
96"
29 5/8"
65 7/8"
24 15/16"
26 7/8"
64 1/8"
11.97
14.53
25 1/4"
27 1/4"
64 1/8"
12.13
14.53
19.14
36.68
5480AP/PA
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
64"
96"
31 5/8"
63 7/8"
55 15/16"
59 13/16"
62 1/8"
25.80
35.77
56 11/16"
60 5/8"
62 1/8"
26.16
36.12
21.05
38.97
5480AP/PA*
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
64"
96"
31 5/8"
63 7/8"
26 15/16"
28 7/8"
62 1/8"
12.46
15.45
27 1/4"
29 1/4"
62 1/8"
12.62
15.45
21.05
38.97
6080AP/PA
71 1/4"
95 1/2"
72"
96"
35 5/8"
59 7/8"
63 15/16"
67 13/16"
58 1/8"
27.37
40.15
64 11/16"
68 5/8"
58 1/8"
27.70
40.48
24.79
43.47
6080AP/PA*
71 1/4"
95 1/2"
72"
96"
35 5/8"
59 7/8"
30 15/16"
32 7/8"
58 1/8"
13.27
17.24
31 1/4"
33 1/4"
58 1/8"
13.42
17.24
24.79
43.47
6480AP/PA
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
76"
96"
37 5/8"
57 7/8"
67 15/16"
71 13/16"
56 1/8"
27.99
42.30
68 11/16"
72 5/8"
56 1/8"
28.31
42.62
26.63
45.69
6480AP/PA*
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
76
96"
37 5/8"
57 7/8"
32 15/16"
34 7/8"
56 1/8"
13.59
19.84
33 1/4"
35 1/4"
56 1/8"
13.74
19.84
26.63
45.69
*Passive panel in closed position.
• To complete door identification, add AHISD (inswing) or AHOSD (outswing) to "Door Number" listed in table (i.e. AHISD3180 or AHOSD4080PA).
• "Door Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details.
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
Exterior Trim
(optional)
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
1 5 ⁄ 16"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Horizontal Section
Unit Dimension Height
3 ⁄ 8"
5 1 ⁄ 2"
Rough Opening Height
5 1 ⁄ 2"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
5 1 ⁄ 2"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Exterior Trim
(optional)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
Architectural
Curved Top Patio Doors
Springline™ Inswing Patio Door Details — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
1 11 ⁄ 16"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
Vertical Section
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
197
ARCHITECTURAL CURVED TOP PATIO DOORS
Springline™ Inswing Patio Door Details — 6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
5 1 ⁄ 2"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
Rough Opening Height
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
10 7 ⁄ 16"
Horizontal Section
Unit Dimension Height
1 5 ⁄ 16"
5 1 ⁄ 2"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Exterior Trim
(optional)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 11 ⁄ 16"
5 1 ⁄ 2"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
Vertical Section
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
Springline™ Outswing Patio Door Details — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
1 5 ⁄ 16"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Horizontal Section
Unit Dimension Height
3 ⁄ 8"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
Unit Dimension Width
Rough Opening Height
5 1 ⁄ 2"
5 1 ⁄ 2"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Exterior Trim
(optional)
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
5 1 ⁄ 2"
1 3 ⁄4"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
• 4 9/16" and 6 9/16" jamb width measurements are from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
198
Vertical Section
Patio Door Heights
Custom-size doors are available in 1 ⁄ 8" increments.
Traditional panels are standard. Custom designed
AHIADxx68
AHOADxx68
AHIADxx611
AHOADxx611
AHIADxx80
AHOADxx80
AHIADxx68AP/PA
AHOADxx68AP/PA
AHIADxx611AP/PA
AHOADxx611AP/PA
AHIADxx80AP/PA
AHOADxx80AP/PA
and 3 ⁄ 4-light panels are also available. Stationary
single (S) or stationary 2-panel (SS) doors are also
available (i.e. AHIAD2168S or AHOAD4080SS).
Arch Inswing (AHIAD) and Arch Outswing (AHOAD) Patio Door Dimensions & Opening Specifications
Min. Rough Opening
Radius
Inches
Inswing
Outswing
Clear Opening
Clear Opening
Shoulder
Clear
Clear
°
°
Height 90 Width Full Width Full Height Opening Venting 90 Width Full Width Full Height Opening Venting
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft.
Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft.
Glass
Area
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Door
Area
Sq. Ft.
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
2168
23 15/16"
79 1/2"
25"
80"
36"
77 7/16"
18 7/8"
20 13/16"
74 11/16"
10.79
12.46
19 3/8"
21 5/16"
74 3/4"
11.06
12.46
5.66
14.49
2768
29 15/16"
79 1/2"
31"
80"
48 "
77 1/8"
24 7/8"
26 13/16"
74 5/16"
13.84
15.70
25 3/8"
27 5/16"
74 3/8"
14.11
15.70
8.28
17.85
2968
31 15/16"
79 1/2"
33"
80"
48 "
76 3/4"
26 7/8"
28 13/16"
74"
14.81
16.77
27 3/8"
29 5/16"
74 1/16"
15.08
16.77
9.15
18.95
3168
35 15/16"
79 1/2"
37"
80"
48 "
76"
30 7/8"
32 13/16"
73 5/16"
16.71
18.88
31 3/8"
33 5/16"
73 3/8"
16.97
18.88
10.87
21.13
3368
37 15/16"
79 1/2"
39"
80"
48 "
75 5/8"
32 7/8"
34 13/16"
73 7/8"
17.86
22.01
33 3/8"
35 5/16"
73"
17.90
22.01
11.72
24.36
21611
23 15/16"
82 3/8"
25"
83"
36"
80 5/16"
18 7/8"
20 13/16"
77 9/16"
11.21
14.34
19 3/8"
21 5/16"
77 5/8"
11.49
14.39
5.93
16.65
27611
29 15/16"
82 3/8"
31"
83"
48 "
80"
24 7/8"
26 13/16"
77 3/16"
14.37
18.12
25 3/8"
27 5/16"
77 1/4"
14.65
18.17
8.68
20.55
29611
31 15/16"
82 3/8"
33"
83"
48 "
79 5/8"
26 7/8"
28 13/16"
76 7/8"
15.38
19.37
27 3/8"
29 5/16"
76 15/16"
15.66
19.41
9.58
21.83
31611
35 15/16"
82 3/8"
37"
83"
48 "
78 7/8"
30 7/8"
32 13/16"
76 3/16"
17.36
21.84
31 3/8"
33 5/16"
76 1/4"
17.64
21.89
11.39
24.37
33611
37 15/16"
82 3/8"
39"
83"
48 "
78 1/2"
32 7/8"
34 13/16"
76 3/4"
18.55
25.15
33 3/8"
35 5/16"
75 7/8"
18.61
25.19
12.28
27.78
2180
23 15/16"
95 1/2"
25"
96"
36"
93 7/16"
18 7/8"
20 13/16"
90 11/16"
13.11
16.22
19 3/8"
21 5/16"
90 3/4"
13.43
16.31
7.09
18.81
2780
29 15/16"
95 1/2"
31"
96"
48 "
93 1/8"
24 7/8"
26 13/16"
90 5/16"
16.82
20.54
25 3/8"
27 5/16"
90 3/8"
17.14
20.63
10.38
23.25
2980
31 15/16"
95 1/2"
33"
96"
48 "
92 3/4"
26 7/8"
28 13/16"
90"
18.01
21.97
27 3/8"
29 5/16"
90 1/16"
18.33
22.06
11.47
24.71
3180
35 15/16"
95 1/2"
37"
96"
48 "
92"
30 7/8"
32 13/16"
89 5/16"
20.35
24.80
31 3/8"
33 5/16"
89 3/8"
20.68
24.89
13.63
27.62
3380
37 15/16"
95 1/2"
39"
96"
48 "
91 5/8"
32 7/8"
34 13/16"
89 7/8"
21.73
28.29
33 3/8"
35 5/16"
89"
21.83
28.38
14.71
31.20
4068AP/PA
47 1/4"
79 1/2"
48"
80"
48 "
73 5/16"
39 15/16"
43 13/16"
70 7/8"
21.56
25.61
40 11/16"
44 5/8"
70 3/4"
21.93
25.61
10.93
28.07
4068AP/PA*
47 1/4"
79 1/2"
48"
80"
48 "
73 5/16"
18 15/16"
20 7/8"
70 7/8"
10.27
12.22
19 1/4"
21 1/4"
70 3/4"
10.44
12.22
10.93
28.07
5068AP/PA
59 1/4"
79 1/2"
60"
80"
96"
74 13/16"
51 15/16"
55 13/16"
72 1/8"
27.95
32.24
52 11/16"
56 5/8"
72 1/8"
28.36
32.24
16.30
34.97
5068AP/PA*
59 1/4"
79 1/2"
60"
80"
96"
74 13/16"
24 15/16"
26 7/8"
72 1/8"
13.46
15.54
25 1/4"
27 1/4"
72 1/8"
13.65
15.54
16.30
34.97
5468AP/PA
63 1/4"
79 1/2"
64"
80"
96"
74 1/8"
55 15/16"
59 13/16"
71 1/2"
29.70
34.29
56 11/16"
60 5/8"
71 7/16"
30.08
34.29
17.97
37.09
5468AP/PA*
63 1/4"
79 1/2"
64"
80"
96"
74 1/8"
26 15/16"
28 7/8"
71 1/2"
14.34
16.56
27 1/4"
29 1/4"
71 7/16"
14.51
16.56
17.97
37.09
6068AP/PA
71 1/4"
79 1/2"
72"
80"
96"
72 5/8"
63 15/16"
67 13/16"
70 1/16"
32.99
38.33
64 11/16"
68 5/8"
70"
33.36
38.33
21.25
41.27
6068AP/PA*
71 1/4"
79 1/2"
72"
80"
96"
72 5/8"
30 15/16"
32 7/8"
70 1/16"
16.00
18.58
31 1/4"
33 1/4"
70"
16.16
18.58
21.25
41.27
6468AP/PA
75 1/4"
79 1/2"
76"
80"
96"
71 13/16"
67 15/16"
71 13/16"
69 1/4"
34.53
44.22
68 11/16"
72 5/8"
69 3/16"
34.89
44.22
22.86
47.36
6468AP/PA*
75 1/4"
79 1/2"
76"
80"
96"
71 13/16"
32 15/16"
34 7/8"
69 1/4"
16.77
21.53
33 1/4"
35 1/4"
69 3/16"
16.94
21.53
22.86
47.36
40611AP/PA
47 1/4"
82 3/8"
48"
83"
48 "
76 3/16"
39 15/16"
43 13/16"
73 3/4"
22.44
29.56
40 11/16"
44 5/8"
73 5/8"
22.82
29.64
11.46
32.34
40611AP/PA*
47 1/4"
82 3/8"
48"
83"
48 "
76 3/16"
18 15/16"
20 7/8"
73 3/4"
10.69
14.29
19 1/4"
21 1/4"
73 5/8"
10.86
14.29
11.46
32.34
50611AP/PA
59 1/4"
82 3/8"
60"
83"
96"
77 11/16"
51 15/16"
55 13/16"
75"
29.07
37.28
52 11/16"
56 5/8"
75"
29.49
37.35
17.09
40.32
50611AP/PA*
59 1/4"
82 3/8"
60"
83"
96"
77 11/16"
24 15/16"
26 7/8"
75"
14.00
18.15
25 1/4"
27 1/4"
75"
14.19
18.15
17.09
40.32
54611AP/PA
63 1/4"
82 3/8"
64"
83"
96"
77"
55 15/16"
59 13/16"
74 3/8"
30.89
39.69
56 11/16"
60 5/8"
74 5/16"
31.29
39.77
18.84
42.80
54611AP/PA*
63 1/4"
82 3/8"
64"
83"
96"
77"
26 15/16"
28 7/8"
74 3/8"
14.91
19.35
27 1/4"
29 1/4"
74 5/16"
15.09
19.35
18.84
42.80
60611AP/PA
71 1/4"
82 3/8"
72"
83"
96"
75 1/2"
63 15/16"
67 13/16"
72 15/16"
34.35
44.46
64 11/16"
68 5/8"
72 7/8"
34.73
44.53
22.28
47.71
60611AP/PA*
71 1/4"
82 3/8"
72"
83"
96"
75 1/2"
30 15/16"
32 7/8"
72 15/16"
16.65
21.74
31 1/4"
33 1/4"
72 7/8"
16.83
21.74
22.28
47.71
64611AP/PA
75 1/4"
82 3/8"
76"
83"
96"
74 11/16"
67 15/16"
71 13/16"
72 1/8"
35.97
50.70
68 11/16"
72 5/8"
72 1/16"
36.34
50.78
23.98
54.16
64611AP/PA*
75 1/4"
82 3/8"
76"
83"
96"
74 11/16"
32 15/16"
34 7/8"
72 1/8"
17.47
25.22
33 1/4"
35 1/4"
72 1/16"
17.64
25.22
23.98
54.16
4080AP/PA
47 1/4"
95 1/2"
48"
96"
48"
89 5/16"
39 15/16"
43 13/16"
86 7/8"
26.43
33.52
40 11/16"
44 5/8"
86 3/4"
26.88
33.66
13.76
36.60
4080AP/PA*
47 1/4"
95 1/2"
48"
96"
48"
89 5/16"
18 15/16"
20 7/8"
86 7/8"
12.59
14.29
19 1/4"
21 1/4"
86 3/4"
12.80
14.29
13.76
36.60
5080AP/PA
59 1/4"
95 1/2"
60"
96"
96"
90 13/16"
51 15/16"
55 13/16"
88 1/8"
34.16
42.32
52 11/16"
56 5/8"
88 1/8"
34.65
42.47
20.50
45.67
5080AP/PA*
59 1/4"
95 1/2"
60"
96"
96"
90 13/16"
24 15/16"
26 7/8"
88 1/8"
16.45
18.15
25 1/4"
27 1/4"
88 1/8"
16.68
18.15
20.50
45.67
5480AP/PA
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
64"
96"
96"
90 1/8"
55 15/16"
59 13/16"
87 1/2"
36.34
45.09
56 11/16"
60 5/8"
87 7/16"
36.81
45.24
22.61
48.51
5480AP/PA*
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
64"
96"
96"
90 1/8"
26 15/16"
28 7/8"
87 1/2"
17.55
19.35
27 1/4"
29 1/4"
87 7/16"
17.76
19.35
22.61
48.51
6080AP/PA
71 1/4"
95 1/2"
72"
96"
96"
88 5/8"
63 15/16"
67 13/16"
86 1/16"
40.53
50.58
64 11/16"
68 5/8"
86"
40.98
50.73
26.78
54.14
6080AP/PA*
71 1/4"
95 1/2"
72"
96"
96"
88 5/8"
30 15/16"
32 7/8"
86 1/16"
19.65
21.74
31 1/4"
33 1/4"
86"
19.86
21.74
26.78
54.14
6480AP/PA
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
76"
96"
96"
87 13/16"
67 15/16"
71 13/16"
85 1/4"
42.51
57.19
68 11/16"
72 5/8"
85 3/16"
42.96
57.33
28.83
60.95
6480AP/PA*
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
76"
96"
96"
87 13/16"
32 15/16"
34 7/8"
85 1/4"
20.65
25.22
33 1/4"
35 1/4"
85 3/16"
20.85
25.22
28.83
60.95
*Passive panel in closed position.
• To complete door identification, add AHIAD (inswing) or AHOAD (outswing) to "Door Number" listed in table (i.e. AHIAD2168 or AHOAD4068PA).
• "Door Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details.
199
Architectural
Curved Top Patio Doors
Door Dimension
Door Number
ARCHITECTURAL CURVED TOP PATIO DOORS
Arch Sidelights
Custom sized in 1 ⁄ 8" increments.
ASLAD13xx68
ASLAD13xx80
ASLAD17xx68
ASLAD17xx80
Standard sizes in two widths and heights. Contact your Andersen supplier for
sidelight dimensions and specifications. Sash glazed arch sidelights, shown, are
standard. Direct set arch sidelights are available by special order.
Order Designation Description
Viewed from the exterior.
17
AHIAD
3168
Door
Flanking unit
rough opg.
width
Architectural Hinged
Inswing Arch Door
A
R
17
Active Right
panel hinged
AHIAD
3168
Door
Flanking unit
rough opg.
width
Architectural Hinged
Inswing Arch Door
A
L
17
Active Left
panel hinged
AHIAD
6480
A
P
L
R
Flanking unit
Right
Door
Passive
width
hinged
rough opg.
panel
Architectural Hinged
Left
Active
Inswing Arch Door
hinged
panel
Inswing arch patio doors (AHIAD) shown above, for outswing arch patio doors use AHOAD. Outswing patio doors open outward to the exterior.
Vertical Reinforced Joining Detail
Arch Sidelight Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
2 3 ⁄ 8"
2 3 ⁄ 8"
3 1 ⁄ 8"
3 1 ⁄ 8"
Unit Dimension Height
3 ⁄4" 3 15 ⁄ 16"
Horizontal Section
Vertical (ribbon) Joining
Arch Inswing Patio Door to Arch Sidelight
4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
3 ⁄4" 3 15 ⁄ 16"
Horizontal Section
Vertical (ribbon) Joining
Arch Inswing Patio Door to Arch Sidelight
6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
2 3 ⁄ 8"
3 1 ⁄ 8"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
Rough Opening Height
5 1 ⁄ 2"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
11 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 8"
Vertical Section
4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Vertical Section
6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
3 ⁄ 4" 3 15 ⁄ 16"
Horizontal Section
Vertical (ribbon) Joining
Arch Outswing Patio Door to Arch Sidelight
4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
• 4 9/16" and 6 9/16" jamb width measurements are from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with window and/or door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete window and/or door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
• Andersen recommends installation of doors into separate rough openings. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings.
200
Arch Inswing Patio Door Details — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Height
3 ⁄ 8"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
Rough Opening Width
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
1 5 ⁄ 16"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Horizontal Section
Unit Dimension Height
5 1 ⁄ 2"
5 1 ⁄ 2"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Exterior Trim
(optional)
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
5 1 ⁄ 2"
5 1 ⁄ 2"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
3 ⁄ 8"
2 1 ⁄4"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
Vertical Section
Arch Inswing Patio Door Details — 6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Architectural
Curved Top Patio Doors
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
Unit Dimension Width
Exterior Trim
(optional)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
1 5 ⁄ 16"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Horizontal Section
Unit Dimension Height
Rough Opening Height
Rough Opening Width
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
2 1 ⁄4"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
Vertical Section
• 4 9/16" and 6 9/16" jamb width measurements are from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Andersen recommends installation of doors into separate rough openings. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings.
201
ARCHITECTURAL CURVED TOP PATIO DOORS
Arch Outswing Patio Door Details — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
3 ⁄ 8"
Exterior Trim
(optional)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
Unit Dimension Width
5 1 ⁄ 2"
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
10 7 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Horizontal Section
Unit Dimension Height
Rough Opening Height
Rough Opening Width
5 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
10 1 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
Exterior Trim
(optional)
5 1 ⁄ 2"
1 3 ⁄4"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
202
Vertical Section
SECTION REFERENCE
Residential Springline™
Entranceways
Door Dimensions &
Specifications ......................... 205
Residential Arch &
Rectangular Entranceways
Door & Sidelight
Dimensions &
Specifications ................. 207–208
Door & Sidelight Details ... 209–212
Joining Details ......................... 212
Entranceway Transoms
Transom Dimensions &
Specifications ......................... 213
Transom Details &
Joining Details ......................... 214
Commercial Outswing
Entry Doors
Door & Sidelight
Dimensions &
Specifications ......................... 217
Door & Sidelight Details ........... 218
Architectural Entranceways
Door Details ....................205–206
ARCHITECTURAL
TECTURAL RESIDE
RESIDENTIAL ENTRANCEWAYS
Features
res
Accessories
B
A
FRAME
GLASS
GL
After-Market Hardware
For hardware purchased
separately, doors can be ordered
predrilled for easy on-site
installation. They can also be
specified without hardware
drilling.
A Heavy-duty
extruded aluminum
cladding protects
the frame
exterior, providing
low-maintenance
durability. Standardd
cladding finish
meets AAMA 2604.
An optional finish
that meets the
AAMA 2605
standard
is also available.
H
H High-Performance
™
G
• Low-E4® tempered glass
• Low-E4® SmartSun™ tempered
glass
• Low-E4® Sun tempered glass
E
F
Inswing
wing
Installation flange extends
1 1/2" around three sides
D
of the unit to help properly
C
position the unit in the
Outswing
opening. Installation clips are
standard for increased structural
ctural
anchoring to building members.
thermoplastic sweep is featured
Mounted around the frame
at the bottom of the panel on
perimeter, the clips rotate into
inswing units. Outswing doors
position and can be bent
also feature a polypropylene
into place against the
rainskirt at the panel sides and
framing members to suit
top for added protection.
all jamb conditions.
B Wood frame members are
PANEL
treated with a water-repellent
wood preservative for longlasting* protection and
performance. Radii are made of
laminated continuous veneers.
Lineal components are engineered
wood with a pine core.
aluminum cladding protects the
panel exterior, providing lowmaintenance durability. Panels
also available without cladding.
C Extruded aluminum sill is
thermally broken and available
in painted bronze or gray finish.
Innovative sill design provides
superior water management.
Standard inswing sills have an
oak cap. Maple or mahogany**
are optional. Inswing sills have
an interior wood trim strip to
match the interior finish.
D One-piece compression
weatherstripping at the frame
sides and head protects against
air and water infiltration. Flexible
E Heavy-duty extruded
F Panel interior surfaces
are unfinished wood veneers.
Available species are pine, oak,
maple, alder, cherry, douglas fir
and mahogany.**
G Silicone glazing bead
combined with two-sided
silicone tape provides
superior weathertightness.
For more information about
glass, patterned glass, grilles
and installation accessories,
see pages 12–32 or visit
andersenwindows.com
Exterior
White
Sandtone
glass
options
opti include:
Additional
Add
glass options are
available.
ava
Contact your Andersen
supplier.
sup
(Glass option must be
specifi
spec ed.)
Operation
Inswing and outswing units are
available. Choose left-hinged,
right-hinged or stationary as
viewed from the exterior.
SILL
A low-rise commercial sill is
also available. See page 215
for more details.
PATTERNED GLASS
PA
Patt
Patterned
glass options are
ava
available. See page 12 for
mor
more details.
PANEL DESIGNS
HARDWARE
Multi-Point Locking System/
Expanded Offering
603
The Architectual entranceways
have a multi-point locking option.
With two hook bolts above and
below the dead bolt. This system
provides added weathertightness
and enhanced security. For
hardware style and finish options
see page 16.
Selecting the multi-point option
allows you to choose hardware in a
variety of styles and finishes. Mixand-match style and finish options
are available to get just the right
look inside and out.
Exterior Keyed Lock
A six-pin key cylinder lock
is available in styles and finishes
that coordinate with hardware.
This lock allows the door to be
locked and unlocked from the
exterior.
702
620
214
179
334
178
192
198
206
Hinges
Ball bearing hinges are standard
and are available in satin nickel,
stainless steel, oil rubbed bronze
and white finishes to complement
hardware trimsets.
Forest Green Prairie Grass Dark Chestnut Black
FRAME
Extension Jambs
Inswing and outswing standard
jamb depth is 4 9/16." Inswing is
also available in a 6 9/16" jamb
depth. Interior extension jambs
are available in the following
thicknesses:
• 5 1/4"
• 6 9/16"
• 7 1/8"
Interior extension jambs on
inswing units will restrict the full
opening of the door.
Casings
Curved interior casings are
available in the same profiles as
other Andersen® products. Curved
exterior aluminum and wood
casings are available in matching
radii and a variety of profiles.
HARDWARE
Handle Extension
Handle extensions extend interior
door handles an additional
1" from the door panel to
accommodate interior blinds or
shades. A second extender may be
added to the spindle to increase
the length an additional 1" to
a 2" total extension. Extenders
and spindles are sold separately.
Extenders are available in finishes
that coordinate with hardware.
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
261
** Actual wood is Sapele, also known as
African mahogany, a non-endangered
hardwood with color and characteristics
similar to American mahoganies.
199
For additional panel design ideas,
go to andersenwindows.com/
entranceways.
Interior
Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order.
Terratone®
Birch Bark
Dove Gray
Sold
Separately.
Slate
Blue Spruce
Other species also available.
pine
oak
maple
alder
birch bark
cherry
douglas fir
mahogany**
white
primed white
Custom colors
available.
Terra Cotta
204
Cocoa Bean
Dark Ivy
Canvas
River Rock
Driftwood
Coral Green Red Rock
Dark Bronze Midnight Blue
Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication.
See your dealer for actual color samples.
Grilles are available to match the door’s interior and exterior.
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture
make each architectural door panel one-of-a-kind.
Entranceway Heights
Custom-size doors are available in 1 ⁄ 8" increments.
AESHIDxx68
AESHODxx68
AESHIDxx80
AESHODxx80
Available in custom designed panels, see page 204. Stationary single (S) or stationary
AESHIDxx80AP/PA
AESHODxx80AP/PA
2-panel (SS) doors are also available (i.e. AESHID3068S or AESHOD4080SS).
Springline™ Inswing (AESHID) and Outswing (AESHOD) Entranceway Dimensions & Opening Specifications
Door Dimension
Min. Rough Opening
Inswing
Clear Opening
Shoulder
Clear
°
Height 90 Width Full Width Full Height Opening
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ft.
Outswing
Clear Opening
Clear
90 Width Full Width Full Height Opening
Inches
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ft.
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Radius
Inches
Venting
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Door
Area
Sq. Ft.
3068
37 11/16"
82"
38 3/16"
82 1/2"
18 7/8"
63 1/8"
32 13/16"
34 7/8"
61 5/8"
14.92
18.25
33 1/8"
35 1/16"
61 5/8"
15.01
18.34
20.41
3668
43 11/16"
82"
44 3/16"
82 1/2"
21 7/8"
60 1/8"
38 13/16"
40 7/8"
58 5/8"
16.64
21.21
39 1/8"
41 1/16"
58 5/8"
16.72
21.29
23.46
3080
37 11/16"
95"
38 3/16"
95 1/2"
18 7/8"
76 1/8"
32 13/16"
34 7/8"
74 5/8"
18.07
21.40
33 1/8"
35 1/16"
74 5/8"
18.17
21.50
23.81
3680
43 11/16"
95"
44 3/16"
95 1/2"
21 7/8"
73 1/8"
38 13/16"
40 7/8"
71 5/8"
20.33
24.90
39 1/8"
41 1/16"
71 5/8"
20.42
25.00
27.40
4080AP/PA
50 3/4"
95"
51 1/4"
95 1/2"
25 3/8"
69 5/8"
43 13/16"
47 15/16"
68 1/8"
22.68
28.95
44 3/16"
48 1/8"
68 1/8"
22.77
29.04
31.56
4080AP/PA*
50 3/4"
95"
51 1/4"
95 1/2"
25 3/8"
69 5/8"
20 7/8"
22 15/16"
68 1/8"
10.85
13.79
21"
23"
68 1/8"
10.88
13.79
31.56
5080AP/PA
62 3/4"
95"
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
31 3/8"
63 5/8"
55 13/16"
59 15/16"
62 1/8"
25.86
35.66
56 3/16"
60 1/8"
62 1/8"
25.94
35.74
38.46
5080AP/PA*
62 3/4"
95"
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
31 3/8"
63 5/8"
26 7/8"
28
15
/16"
62 1/8"
12.48
17.14
27"
29"
62 1/8"
12.51
17.14
38.46
5480AP/PA
66 3/4"
95"
67 1/4"
95 1/2"
33 3/8"
61 5/8"
59 13/16"
63 15/16"
60 1/8"
26.70
37.85
60 3/16"
64 1/8"
60 1/8"
26.77
37.92
40.72
5480AP/PA*
66 3/4"
95"
67 1/4"
95 1/2"
33 3/8"
61 5/8"
28 7/8"
30 15/16"
60 1/8"
12.92
18.24
29"
31"
60 1/8"
12.94
18.24
40.72
6080AP/PA
74 3/4"
95"
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
37 3/8"
57 5/8"
67 13/16"
71 15/16"
56 1/8"
28.04
42.15
68 3/16"
72 1/8"
56 1/8"
28.11
42.23
45.15
6080AP/PA*
74 3/4"
95"
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
37 3/8"
57 5/8"
32 7/8"
34 15/16"
56 1/8"
13.62
20.39
33"
35"
56 1/8"
13.64
20.39
45.15
7080AP/PA
86 3/4"
95"
87 1/4"
95 1/2"
43 3/8"
51 5/8"
79 13/16"
83 15/16"
50 1/8"
29.22
48.43
80 3/16"
84 1/8"
50 1/8"
29.28
48.50
51.62
7080AP/PA*
86 3/4"
95"
87 1/4"
95 1/2"
43 3/8"
51 5/8"
38 7/8"
40 15/16"
50 1/8"
14.25
23.53
39"
41"
50 1/8"
14.27
23.53
51.62
Door Number
Venting
Sq. Ft.
°
*Passive panel in closed position.
• To complete door identification, add AESHID (inswing) or AESHOD (outswing) to "Door Number" listed in table (i.e. AESHID3068 or AESHOD4080PA).
• "Door Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details.
Springline™ Inswing Entranceway Details — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Architectural Entranceways
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Horizontal Section
11 11 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Unit Dimension Height
3 ⁄ 8"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
Rough Opening Height
6 7 ⁄ 16"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
12 1 ⁄4"
Unit Dimension Width
6 7 ⁄ 16"
1 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
• Clad details shown, wood also available.
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
Vertical Section
205
ARCHITECTURAL RESIDENTIAL ENTRANCEWAYS
Springline™ Inswing Entranceway Details — 6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
1 1 ⁄ 2"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
12 1 ⁄4"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
11 11 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Rough Opening Height
Horizontal Section
Unit Dimension Height
Rough Opening Width
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
Vertical Section
Springline™ Outswing Entranceway Details — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
3 ⁄ 8"
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Horizontal Section
11 15 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
Rough Opening Width
Unit Dimension Height
3 ⁄ 8"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
Rough Opening Height
6 7 ⁄ 16"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
12 1 ⁄4"
Unit Dimension Width
6 7 ⁄ 16"
1 1 ⁄ 2"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
• Clad details shown, wood also available.
• 4 9/16" and 6 9/16"jamb width measurements are from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
206
Vertical Section
Entranceway Heights
Custom-size doors are available in 1 ⁄ 8" increments.
AEAHIDxx68
AEAHODxx68
AEAHIDxx68AP/PA
AEAHODxx68AP/PA
AEAHIDxx80
AEAHODxx80
AEAHIDxx80AP/PA
AEAHODxx80AP/PA
Available in custom designed panels, see page 204. Stationary single (S) and stationary
2-panel (SS) doors are also available (i.e. AEAHID2068S or AEAHOD4068SS).
Door Dimension
Door Number
Min. Rough Opening
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Radius
Inches
Inswing
Clear Opening
Shoulder
Clear
Height 90° Width Full Width Full Height Opening
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ft.
Venting
Sq. Ft.
Outswing
Clear Opening
Clear
90° Width Full Width Full Height Opening
Inches
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ft.
Venting
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Door
Area
Sq. Ft.
2068
25 11/16"
82"
26 3/16"
82 1/2"
37 1/16"
79 11/16"
20 13/16"
22 7/8"
77 3/16"
12.26
12.46
21 1/8"
23 1/16"
77 1/4"
12.37
12.58
14.49
2668
31 11/16"
82"
32 3/16"
82 1/2"
48"
79 5/16"
26 13/16"
28 7/8"
76 3/4"
15.39
15.70
27 1/8"
29 1/16"
76 13/16"
15.50
15.82
17.85
2868
33 11/16"
82"
34 3/16"
82 1/2"
48"
78 15/16"
28 13/16"
30 7/8"
76 7/16"
16.39
16.77
29 1/8"
31 1/16"
76 1/2"
16.50
16.89
18.95
3068
37 11/16"
82"
38 3/16"
82 1/2"
48"
78 1/8"
32 13/16"
34 7/8"
75 11/16"
18.33
18.88
33 1/8"
35 1/16"
75 3/4"
18.44
19.00
21.13
3668
43 11/16"
82"
44 3/16"
82 1/2"
48"
76 3/4"
38 13/16"
40 7/8"
74 3/8"
21.11
22.01
39 1/8"
41 1/16"
74 3/8"
21.21
22.13
24.36
2080
25 11/16"
95"
26 3/16"
95 1/2"
37 1/16"
92 11/16"
20 13/16"
22 7/8"
90 3/16"
14.33
14.53
21 1/8"
23 1/16"
77 1/4"
12.37
14.66
16.81
2680
31 11/16"
95"
32 3/16"
95 1/2"
48"
92 5/16"
26 13/16"
28 7/8"
89 3/4"
18.00
18.31
27 1/8"
29 1/16"
76 13/16"
15.50
18.45
20.71
2880
33 11/16"
95"
34 3/16"
95 1/2"
48"
91 15/16"
28 13/16"
30 7/8"
89 7/16"
19.18
19.55
29 1/8"
31 1/16"
76 1/2"
16.50
19.69
21.99
3080
37 11/16"
95"
38 3/16"
95 1/2"
48"
91 1/8"
32 13/16"
34 7/8"
88 11/16"
21.48
22.03
33 1/8"
35 1/16"
75 3/4"
18.44
22.17
24.53
3680
43 11/16"
95"
44 3/16"
95 1/2"
48"
89 3/4"
38 13/16"
40 7/8"
87 3/8"
24.80
25.70
39 1/8"
41 1/16"
74 3/8"
21.21
25.84
28.30
28.07
4068AP/PA
50 3/4"
82"
51 1/4"
82 1/2"
48"
74 3/4"
43 13/16"
47 15/16"
72 7/16"
24.11
25.61
44 3/16"
48 1/8"
72 1/2"
24.23
25.73
4068AP/PA*
50 3/4"
82"
51 1/4"
82 1/2"
48"
74 3/4"
20 7/8"
22 15/16"
72 7/16"
11.54
12.22
21"
23"
72 1/2"
11.58
12.28
28.07
5068AP/PA
62 3/4"
82"
63 1/4"
82 1/2"
96"
76 3/4"
55 13/16"
59 15/16"
74 3/16"
30.88
32.24
56 3/16"
60 1/8"
74 1/4"
31.00
32.38
34.97
5068AP/PA*
62 3/4"
82"
63 1/4"
82 1/2"
96"
76 3/4"
26 7/8"
28 15/16"
74 3/16"
14.91
15.54
27"
29"
74 1/4"
14.95
15.60
34.97
5468AP/PA
66 3/4"
82"
67 1/4"
82 1/2"
96"
76"
59 13/16"
63 15/16"
73 1/2"
32.63
34.29
60 3/16"
64 1/8"
73 9/16"
32.76
34.43
37.09
5468AP/PA*
66 3/4"
82"
67 1/4"
82 1/2"
96"
76"
28 7/8"
30 15/16"
73 1/2"
15.79
16.56
29"
31"
73 9/16"
15.84
16.63
37.09
6068AP/PA
74 3/4"
82"
75 1/4"
82 1/2"
96"
74 7/16"
67 13/16"
71 15/16"
71 15/16"
35.94
38.33
68 3/16"
72 1/8"
72"
36.06
38.48
41.27
6068AP/PA*
74 3/4"
82"
75 1/4"
82 1/2"
96"
74 7/16"
32 7/8"
34 15/16"
71 15/16"
17.45
18.58
33"
35"
72"
17.50
18.65
41.27
7068AP/PA
86 3/4"
82"
87 1/4"
82 1/2"
96"
71 5/8"
79 13/16"
83 15/16"
69 1/4"
40.37
44.22
80 3/16"
84 1/8"
69 5/16"
40.49
44.37
47.36
7068AP/PA*
86 3/4"
82"
87 1/4"
82 1/2"
96"
71 5/8"
38 7/8"
40 15/16"
69 1/4"
19.69
21.53
39"
41"
69 5/16"
19.73
21.60
47.36
4080AP/PA
50 3/4"
95"
51 1/4"
95 1/2"
48"
87 3/4"
43 13/16"
47 15/16"
85 7/16"
28.44
29.94
44 3/16"
48 1/8"
85 1/2"
28.57
30.08
32.65
4080AP/PA*
50 3/4"
95"
51 1/4"
95 1/2"
48"
87 3/4"
20 7/8"
22 15/16"
85 7/16"
13.61
14.29
21"
23"
85 1/2"
13.66
14.36
32.65
5080AP/PA
62 3/4"
95"
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
96"
89 3/4"
55 13/16"
59 15/16"
87 3/16"
36.29
37.65
56 3/16"
60 1/8"
87 1/4"
36.43
37.80
40.64
5080AP/PA*
62 3/4"
95"
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
96"
89 3/4"
26 7/8"
28 15/16"
87 3/16"
17.52
18.15
27"
29"
87 1/4"
17.57
18.22
40.64
5480AP/PA
66 3/4"
95"
67 1/4"
95 1/2"
96"
89"
59 13/16"
63 15/16"
86 1/2"
38.41
40.07
60 3/16"
64 1/8"
86 9/16"
38.55
40.22
43.12
5480AP/PA*
66 3/4"
95"
67 1/4"
95 1/2"
96"
89"
28 7/8"
30 15/16"
86 1/2"
18.58
19.35
29"
31"
86 9/16"
18.63
19.43
43.12
6080AP/PA
74 3/4"
95"
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
96"
87 7/16"
67 13/16"
71 15/16"
84 15/16"
42.43
44.83
68 3/16"
72 1/8"
85"
42.57
44.99
48.02
6080AP/PA*
74 3/4"
95"
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
96"
87 7/16"
32 7/8"
34 15/16"
84 15/16"
20.61
21.74
33"
35"
85"
20.66
21.81
48.02
7080AP/PA
86 3/4"
95"
87 1/4"
95 1/2"
96"
84 5/8"
79 13/16"
83 15/16"
82 1/4"
47.94
51.80
80 3/16"
84 1/8"
82 5/16"
48.09
51.96
55.20
7080AP/PA*
86 3/4"
95"
87 1/4"
95 1/2"
96"
84 5/8"
38 7/8"
40 15/16"
82 1/4"
23.38
25.22
39"
41"
82 5/16"
23.44
25.30
55.20
*Passive panel in closed position.
• To complete door identification, add AEAHID (inswing) or AEAHOD (outswing) to "Door Number" listed in table (i.e. AEAHID2068 or AEAHOD4068PA).
• "Door Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details.
Direct Set and Sash Glazed Arch Sidelights
AEASLDxx68
AEASLDxx80
AEASLIxx68
AEASLOxx68
AEASLIxx80
AEASLOxx80
Direct set arch sidelights (AEASLD) and sash glazed arch sidelights
(AEASLI, inswing or AEASLO, outswing) shown. Contact your Andersen
supplier for sash glazed sidelight dimensions and specifications.
207
Architectural Entranceways
Arch Inswing (AEAHID) and Arch Outswing (AEAHOD) Entranceway Dimensions & Opening Specifications
ARCHITECTURAL RESIDENTIAL ENTRANCEWAYS
Entranceway Heights
Custom-size doors are available in 1 ⁄ 8" increments.
AEHIDxx68
AEHODxx68
AEHIDxx80
AEHODxx80
AEHIDxx68AP/PA
AEHODxx68AP/PA
AEHIDxx80AP/PA
AEHODxx80AP/PA
Available in custom designed panels, see page 204. Stationary single (S) and stationary
2-panel (SS) doors are also available (i.e. AEHID2068S or AEHOD4068SS).
Inswing (AEHID) and Outswing (AEHOD) Entranceway Dimensions & Opening Specifications
Door Dimension
Min. Rough Opening
Inswing
Clear Opening
90° Width Full Width Full Height
Inches
Inches
Inches
Outswing
Clear Opening
90° Width Full Width Full Height
Inches
Inches
Inches
Clear
Opening
Sq. Ft.
Venting
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Door
Area
Sq. Ft.
79 3/16"
12.68
12.58
14.63
79 3/16"
15.98
15.82
18.04
31 1/16"
79 3/16"
17.08
16.89
19.18
33 1/8"
35 1/16"
79 3/16"
19.28
19.00
21.46
22.44
39 1/8"
41 1/16"
79 3/16"
22.58
22.13
24.88
14.62
14.62
21 1/8"
23 1/16"
92 3/16"
14.76
14.66
16.95
92 1/16"
18.46
18.46
27 1/8"
29 1/16"
92 3/16"
18.61
18.45
20.90
30 7/8"
92 1/16"
19.74
19.74
29 1/8"
31 1/16"
92 3/16"
19.89
19.69
22.22
32 13/16"
34 7/8"
92 1/16"
22.30
22.30
33 1/8"
35 1/16"
92 3/16"
22.45
22.17
24.86
95 1/2"
38 13/16"
40 7/8"
92 1/16"
26.13
26.13
39 1/8"
41 1/16"
92 3/16"
26.29
25.84
28.82
51 1/4"
82 1/2"
43 13/16"
47 15/16"
79 1/16"
26.32
26.32
44 3/16"
48 1/8"
79 3/16"
26.46
25.73
28.90
82"
51 1/4"
82 1/2"
20 7/8"
22 15/16"
79 1/16"
12.59
12.59
21"
23"
79 3/16"
12.65
12.28
28.90
62 3/4"
82"
63 1/4"
82 1/2"
55 13/16"
59 15/16"
79 1/16"
32.91
32.91
56 3/16"
60 1/8"
79 3/16"
33.06
32.38
35.73
5068AP/PA*
62 3/4"
82"
63 1/4"
82 1/2"
26 7/8"
28 15/16"
79 1/16"
15.89
15.89
27"
29"
79 3/16"
15.95
15.60
35.73
5468AP/PA
66 3/4"
82"
67 1/4"
82 1/2"
59 13/16"
63 15/16"
79 1/16"
35.10
35.10
60 3/16"
64 1/8"
79 3/16"
35.26
34.43
38.01
5468AP/PA*
66 3/4"
82"
67 1/4"
82 1/2"
28 7/8"
30 15/16"
79 1/16"
16.99
16.99
29"
31"
79 3/16"
17.05
16.63
38.01
6068AP/PA
74 3/4"
82"
75 1/4"
82 1/2"
67 13/16"
71 15/16"
79 1/16"
39.50
39.50
68 3/16"
72 1/8"
79 3/16"
39.66
38.48
42.57
6068AP/PA*
74 3/4"
82"
75 1/4"
82 1/2"
32 7/8"
34 15/16"
79 1/16"
19.18
19.18
33"
35"
79 3/16"
19.25
18.65
42.57
7068AP/PA
86 3/4"
82"
87 1/4"
82 1/2"
79 13/16"
83 15/16"
79 1/16"
46.09
46.09
80 3/16"
84 1/8"
79 3/16"
46.26
44.37
49.40
7068AP/PA*
86 3/4"
82"
87 1/4"
82 1/2"
38 7/8"
40 15/16"
79 1/16"
22.48
22.48
39"
41"
79 3/16"
22.55
21.60
49.40
4080AP/PA
50 3/4"
95"
51 1/4"
95 1/2"
43 13/16"
47 15/16"
92 1/16"
30.65
30.65
44 3/16"
48 1/8"
92 3/16"
30.81
30.08
33.48
4080AP/PA*
50 3/4"
95"
51 1/4"
95 1/2"
20 7/8"
22 15/16"
92 1/16"
14.66
14.66
21"
23"
92 3/16"
14.72
14.36
33.48
5080AP/PA
62 3/4"
95"
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
55 13/16"
59 15/16"
92 1/16"
38.32
38.32
56 3/16"
60 1/8"
92 3/16"
38.49
37.80
41.40
5080AP/PA*
62 3/4"
95"
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
26 7/8"
28 15/16"
92 1/16"
18.50
18.50
27"
29"
92 3/16"
18.57
18.22
41.40
5480AP/PA
66 3/4"
95"
67 1/4"
95 1/2"
59 13/16"
63 15/16"
92 1/16"
40.88
40.88
60 3/16"
64 1/8"
92 3/16"
41.05
40.22
44.04
5480AP/PA*
66 3/4"
95"
67 1/4"
95 1/2"
28 7/8"
30 15/16"
92 1/16"
19.78
19.78
29"
31"
92 3/16"
19.85
19.43
44.04
6080AP/PA
74 3/4"
95"
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
67 13/16"
71 15/16"
92 1/16"
45.99
45.99
68 3/16"
72 1/8"
92 3/16"
46.17
44.99
49.31
6080AP/PA*
74 3/4"
95"
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
32 7/8"
34 15/16"
92 1/16"
22.34
22.34
33"
35"
92 3/16"
22.41
21.81
49.31
7080AP/PA
86 3/4"
95"
87 1/4"
95 1/2"
79 13/16"
83 15/16"
92 1/16"
53.66
53.66
80 3/16"
84 1/8"
92 3/16"
53.86
51.96
57.23
7080AP/PA*
86 3/4"
95"
87 1/4"
95 1/2"
38 7/8"
40 15/16"
92 1/16"
26.17
26.17
39"
41"
92 3/16"
26.25
25.30
57.23
Door Number
Clear
Opening
Sq. Ft.
Venting
Sq. Ft.
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
2068
25 11/16"
82"
26 3/16"
82 1/2"
20 13/16"
22 7/8"
79 1/16"
12.56
12.56
21 1/8"
23 1/16"
2668
31 11/16"
82"
32 3/16"
82 1/2"
26 13/16"
28 7/8"
79 1/16"
15.85
15.85
27 1/8"
29 1/16"
2868
33 11/16"
82"
34 3/16"
82 1/2"
28 13/16"
30 7/8"
79 1/16"
16.95
16.95
29 1/8"
3068
37 11/16"
82"
38 3/16"
82 1/2"
32 13/16"
34 7/8"
79 1/16"
19.15
19.15
3668
43 11/16"
82"
44 3/16"
82 1/2"
38 13/16"
40 7/8"
79 1/16"
22.44
2080
25 11/16"
95"
26 3/16"
95 1/2"
20 13/16"
22 7/8"
92 1/16"
2680
31 11/16"
95"
32 3/16"
95 1/2"
26 13/16"
28 7/8"
2880
33 11/16"
95"
34 3/16"
95 1/2"
28 13/16"
3080
37 11/16"
95"
38 3/16"
95 1/2"
3680
43 11/16"
95"
44 3/16"
4068AP/PA
50 3/4"
82"
4068AP/PA*
50 3/4"
5068AP/PA
*Passive panel in closed position.
• To complete door identification, add AEHID (inswing) or AEHOD (outswing) to "Door Number" listed in table (i.e. AEHID2068 or AEHOD4068PA).
• "Door Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details.
Direct Set and Sash Glazed Entranceway Sidelights
Direct Set Sidelight Dimensions & Window/Glass Area
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Glass
Area
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Window
Area
Sq. Ft.
5.66
Door Dimension
Window
Number
AESLDxx68
AESLDxx80
AESLIxx68
AESLOxx68
AESLIxx80
AESLOxx80
Direct set sidelights (AESLD) and sash glazed sidelights (AESLI, inswing or
AESLO, outswing) shown. Contact your Andersen supplier for sash glazed
sidelight dimensions and specifications.
208
Minimum Rough Opening
AESLD0868
9 15/16"
82"
10 7/16"
82 1/2"
3.77
AESLD1068
15 15/16"
82"
16 7/16"
82 1/2"
7.03
9.08
AESLD2068
25 11/16"
82"
26 3/16"
82 1/2"
12.32
14.63
AESLD3068
37 11/16"
82"
38 3/16"
82 1/2"
18.84
21.46
AESLD0880
9 15/16"
95"
10 7/16"
95 1/2"
4.40
6.56
AESLD1080
15 15/16"
95"
16 7/16"
95 1/2"
8.19
10.51
AESLD2080
25 11/16"
95"
26 3/16"
95 1/2"
14.37
16.95
AESLD3080
37 11/16"
95"
38 3/16"
95 1/2"
21.97
24.86
• "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps,
flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details.
Order Designation Description
Viewed from the exterior.
17
AEAHID 3168
Door
Flanking unit
rough opg.
width
Architectural Entranceway
Arch Hinged Inswing Door
A
R
17
Active Right
panel hinged
AEAHID 3168
Door
Flanking unit
rough opg.
width
Architectural Entranceway
Arch Hinged Inswing Door
A
L
17
Active Left
panel hinged
AEAHID 6480
A
P
L
R
Flanking unit
Right
Door
Passive
width
hinged
rough opg.
panel
Architectural Entranceway
Left
Active
Arch Hinged Inswing Door
hinged
panel
Inswing arch entranceways (AEAHID) shown above, for outswing arch entranceways use AEAHOD. Outswing entranceways open outward to the exterior.
17
AEHID
3168
Door
Flanking unit
rough opg.
width
Architectural Entranceway
Hinged Inswing Door
A
17
R
Active Right
panel hinged
AEHID
3168
Door
Flanking unit
rough opg.
width
Architectural Entranceway
Hinged Inswing Door
A
L
17
Active Left
panel hinged
AEHID
6476
A
P
L
R
Flanking unit
Right
Door
Passive
width
hinged
rough opg.
panel
Architectural Entranceway
Left
Active
Hinged Inswing Door
hinged
panel
Inswing entranceways (AEHID) shown above, for outswing entranceways use AEHOD. Outswing entranceways open outward to the exterior.
Arch and Rectangular Inswing Entranceway Details — 4 9 ⁄ 16" and 6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
11 11 ⁄ 16"
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Architectural Entranceways
Unit Dimension Height
Rough Opening Height
Unit Dimension Height
11 11 ⁄ 16"
Rough Opening Height
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
7 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
7 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
1 1 ⁄ 2"
1 1 ⁄ 2"
Vertical Section
Arch
Vertical Section
Rectangular
• Clad details shown, wood also available.
• 4 9/16" and 6 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with window and/or door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete window and/or door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
209
ARCHITECTURAL RESIDENTIAL ENTRANCEWAYS
Arch and Rectanguar Inswing Entranceway Details — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
6 7 ⁄ 16"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Horizontal Section
6 7 ⁄ 16"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
12 1 ⁄4"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
Arch and Rectanguar Inswing Entranceway Details — 6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
6 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Horizontal Section
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
12 1 ⁄4"
Unit Dimension Width
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
• Clad details shown, wood also available.
• 4 9/16" and 6 9/16" jamb width measurements are from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
210
Arch and Rectangular Outswing Entranceway Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
Unit Dimension Height
7 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
11 15 ⁄ 16"
Rough Opening Height
Unit Dimension Height
11 15 ⁄ 16"
Rough Opening Height
7 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Dimension from
top of sill to
subfloor will
vary based on
thickness of sill
flashing.
1 1 ⁄ 2"
1 1 ⁄ 2"
Vertical Section
Rectangular
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Vertical Section
Arch
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Architectural Entranceways
Horizontal Section
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
12 1 ⁄4"
Unit Dimension Width
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
2-Panel
• Clad details shown, wood also available.
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
211
ARCHITECTURAL RESIDENTIAL ENTRANCEWAYS
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Arch and Rectangular Entranceway Sidelight Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 1 ⁄4"
11 11 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Height
Rough Opening Height
Unobstructed Glass Height
Unit Dimension Height
Rough Opening Height
7 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
2 1 ⁄ 2"
Vertical Section
Arch - Direct Set
Vertical Section
Rectangular - Direct Set
Vertical Section
Arch - Sash Glazed
Vertical Non-Reinforced Joining Details Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 8" (41)
Vertical Section
Rectangular - Sash Glazed
1 5 ⁄ 8" (41)
1 5 ⁄ 8" (41)
1 5 ⁄ 8" (41)
1" and 2" wide joining
also available. Contact
your Andersen supplier
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
0"
Direct Set Sidelight to Inswing
Entranceway — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
0"
Sash Glazed Sidelight to Inswing
Entranceway — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
0"
Sash Glazed Sidelight to Inswing
Entranceway — 6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
0"
Sash Glazed Sidelight to Outswing
Entranceway — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
for additional joining
informaion.
2 1 ⁄ 8" (54)
2 1 ⁄ 8" (54)
2 1 ⁄ 8" (54)
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
1 ⁄ 2" (13)
Direct Set Sidelight to Inswing
Entranceway — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
1 ⁄ 2" (13)
Sash Glazed Sidelight to Inswing
Entranceway — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
2 1 ⁄ 8" (54)
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
1 ⁄ 2" (13)
Sash Glazed Sidelight to Inswing
Entranceway — 6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Vertical Reinforced Joining Details Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
2 3 ⁄ 8"
(60)
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
3 ⁄4" (19)
Direct Set Sidelight to Inswing
Entranceway — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
212
2 3 ⁄ 8"
2 3 ⁄ 8" (60)
2 3 ⁄ 8" (60)
(60)
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
3 ⁄4" (19)
Sash Glazed Sidelight to Inswing
Entranceway — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
1 ⁄ 2" (13)
Sash Glazed Sidelight to Outswing
Entranceway — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
3 ⁄4" (19)
Sash Glazed Sidelight to Inswing
Entranceway — 6 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
3 ⁄4" (19)
Sash Glazed Sidelight to Outswing
Entranceway — 4 9 ⁄ 16" Jamb Width
• Clad details shown, wood also
available.
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is
from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included
with door. Dark-colored areas are
additional Andersen® parts required to
complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to
be increased to allow for use of
building wraps, flashing, sill panning,
brackets, fasteners or other items. See
installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and
are not intended to represent product
installation methods or materials.
Refer to product installation guides at
andersenwindows.com.
• Consult with an architect or
structural engineer regarding minimum
requirements for structural support
members between adjacent rough
openings.
ARCHITECTURAL ENTRANCEWAY TRANSOMS
Features
FRAME
Direct Glazed
Transoms are sized to complement
Andersen® architectural doors and
other Andersen products. They are also
available in custom sizes. Contact your
Andersen supplier for details.
Sash Glazed
Rectangle
Available as direct glazed or with wide
stiles to match door stiles.
Archtop
Thick aluminum cladding finish.
Standard cladding finish meets AAMA
2604. An optional finish that meets the
AAMA 2605 standard is available.
Circle Top™
4 9/16" jamb width for 2 x 4
wall construction.
SHAPES
Andersen architectural windows and
doors may be combined with other
units using either separate rough
openings or non-reinforced joining
methods. Contact your Andersen
supplier for more information.
Available in a wide variety of shapes
including Circle Top,™ archtop, elliptical,
Springline™ and rectangle windows.
See page 215 for exterior colors, interior
wood species, glass and other options.
Direct Set Rectangle Entranceway Transom
Dimensions & Window/Glass Area
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Glass
Area
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Window
Area
Sq. Ft.
Door Dimension
Min. Rgh Ong
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Glass
Area
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Window
Area
Sq. Ft.
7.69
Door Dimension
Window
Number
Min. Rgh Ong
AETD0812
9 15/16"
12 13/16"
10 7/16"
13 5/16"
0.47
0.88
AETD40111
50 3/4"
21 13/16"
51 1/4"
22 5/16"
6.24
AETD1012
15 15/16"
12 13/16"
16 7/16"
13 5/16"
0.88
1.42
AETD50111
62 3/4"
21 13/16"
63 1/4"
22 5/16"
7.81
9.51
AETD2012
25 11/16"
12 13/16"
26 3/16"
13 5/16"
1.55
2.29
AETD54111
66 3/4"
21 13/16"
67 1/4"
22 5/16"
8.33
10.11
AETD2612
11
31 /16"
13
12 /16"
3
32 /16"
5
13 /16"
1.95
2.82
AETD60111
74 3/4"
21 13/16"
75 1/4"
22 5/16"
9.37
11.32
AETD2812
33 11/16"
12 13/16"
34 3/16"
13 5/16"
2.09
3.00
AETD70111
86 /4"
13
21 /16"
87 /4"
5
22 /16"
10.94
13.14
AETD3012
37 11/16"
12 13/16"
38 3/16"
13 5/16"
2.36
3.35
AETD0827
15 15/16"
30"
16 7/16"
30 1/2"
2.43
3.32
AETD3612
43 11/16"
12 13/16"
44 3/16"
13 5/16"
2.77
3.89
AETD1027
15 15/16"
30"
16 7/16"
30 1/2"
2.43
3.32
AETD4012
50 3/4"
12 13/16"
51 1/4"
13 5/16"
3.25
4.52
AETD2027
25 11/16"
30"
26 3/16"
30 1/2"
4.25
5.35
AETD5012
62 /4"
13
12 /16"
63 /4"
5
13 /16"
4.07
5.58
AETD2627
31 11/16"
30"
32 3/16"
30 1/2"
5.38
6.60
glazed transoms, contact your
AETD5412
66 3/4"
12 13/16"
67 1/4"
13 5/16"
4.34
5.94
AETD2827
33 11/16"
30"
34 3/16"
30 1/2"
5.75
7.02
AETD6012
74 3/4"
12 13/16"
75 1/4"
13 5/16"
4.89
6.65
37 11/16"
30"
38 3/16"
30 1/2"
6.50
7.85
Andersen supplier.
AETD3027
3
1
3
1
AETD7012
86 3/4"
12 13/16"
87 1/4"
13 5/16"
5.71
7.72
AETD3627
43 11/16"
30"
44 3/16"
30 1/2"
AETD0817
9 15/16"
17 13/16"
10 7/16"
18 5/16"
0.71
1.23
AETD4027
50 /4"
30"
AETD1017
15 15/16"
17 13/16"
16 7/16"
18 5/16"
1.33
1.97
AETD5027
62 3/4"
30"
AETD2017
25 11/16"
17 13/16"
26 3/16"
18 5/16"
2.33
3.18
AETD5427
66 3/4"
AETD2617
31 11/16"
17 13/16"
32 3/16"
18 5/16"
2.95
3.92
AETD6027
AETD2817
33 11/16"
17 13/16"
34 3/16"
18 5/16"
3.16
4.17
AETD7027
AETD3017
11
37 /16"
13
17 /16"
3
38 /16"
5
18 /16"
3.57
4.66
AETD4029
50 3/4"
AETD3617
43 11/16"
17 13/16"
44 3/16"
18 5/16"
4.19
5.40
AETD5029
62 3/4"
AETD4017
50 3/4"
17 13/16"
51 1/4"
18 5/16"
4.91
6.28
AETD5429
66 3/4"
AETD5017
62 3/4"
17 13/16"
63 1/4"
18 5/16"
6.15
7.76
AETD6029
AETD5417
66 3/4"
17 13/16"
67 1/4"
18 5/16"
6.56
8.26
AETD7029
AETD6017
74 3/4"
17 13/16"
75 1/4"
18 5/16"
7.38
9.25
AETD7017
86 3/4"
17 13/16"
87 1/4"
18 5/16"
8.61
AETD08111
9 15/16"
21 13/16"
10 7/16"
22 5/16"
AETD10111
15 15/16"
21 13/16"
16 7/16"
AETD20111
25 11/16"
21 13/16"
AETD26111
31 11/16"
AETD28111
AETD30111
AETD36111
Custom-size windows are available
in 1 ⁄ 8" increments.
For dimensions and specifications
for additional direct set and sash
Direct Set
7.63
9.10
51 /4"
1
30 /2"
8.95
10.57
63 1/4"
30 1/2"
11.20
13.07
30"
67 1/4"
30 1/2"
11.95
13.91
74 /4"
30"
75 /4"
1
30 /2"
13.45
15.57
86 3/4"
30"
87 1/4"
30 1/2"
15.70
18.07
32"
51 1/4"
32 1/2"
9.62
11.28
32"
63 1/4"
32 1/2"
12.03
13.94
32"
67 1/4"
32 1/2"
12.84
14.83
74 /4"
32"
75 /4"
1
32 /2"
14.45
16.61
86 3/4"
32"
87 1/4"
32 1/2"
16.87
19.28
AETD4041
50 3/4"
48"
51 1/4"
48 1/2"
14.92
16.92
10.73
AETD5041
62 /4"
48"
63 /4"
1
48 /2"
18.67
20.92
0.91
1.51
AETD5441
66 3/4"
48"
67 1/4"
48 1/2"
19.92
22.25
22 5/16"
1.69
2.41
AETD6041
74 3/4"
48"
75 1/4"
48 1/2"
22.42
24.92
Sash glazed transoms are available
26 3/16"
22 5/16"
2.96
3.89
AETD7041
86 3/4"
48"
87 1/4"
48 1/2"
26.17
28.92
with a single or double sash.
21 13/16"
32 3/16"
22 5/16"
3.75
4.80
AETD4051
50 3/4"
60"
51 1/4"
60 1/2"
18.90
21.15
33 11/16"
21 13/16"
34 3/16"
22 5/16"
4.01
5.10
AETD5051
62 3/4"
60"
63 1/4"
60 1/2"
23.65
26.15
37 11/16"
21 13/16"
38 3/16"
22 5/16"
4.53
5.71
AETD5451
66 3/4"
60"
67 1/4"
60 1/2"
25.23
27.81
43 /16"
21 /16"
44 /16"
22 /16"
5.32
6.62
AETD6051
74 /4"
60"
75 /4"
1
60 /2"
28.40
31.15
residential and commercial
AETD7051
86 3/4"
60"
87 1/4"
60 1/2"
33.15
36.15
entranceways.
11
13
3
5
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
• "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See
page 33 for more details.
Architectural Entranceways
Transoms
Window
Number
Direct Set Rectangle Entranceway Transom
Dimensions & Window/Glass Area
AETD7029
Sash Glazed
AETI7029
AETI7029-2
Available in all shapes for both
213
ARCHITECTURAL ENTRANCEWAY TRANSOMS
Direct Set Entranceway Transom Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Curved Head
11 ⁄ 16"
Interior
Trim Stop
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
5 7 ⁄ 8"
13 ⁄ 16"
Jamb
1 ⁄4"
Curved Head
11 ⁄ 16"
11 ⁄ 16"
13 ⁄ 16"
13 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
Min. Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
Direct Set
Vertical Section
Direct Set Transom over Inswing Entranceway
Vertical Section
Direct Set Transom over Outswing Entranceway
Sash Glazed Entranceway Transom Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Jamb
1 ⁄4"
3 1 ⁄ 8"
0"
Vertical Section
Sash Glazed Transom over Inswing Entranceway
7 ⁄ 16"
13 ⁄ 16"
Unobstructed
Glass Height
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
Unobstructed
Glass Height
Curved Head
3 3 ⁄ 16"
3 3 ⁄ 16"
3 3 ⁄ 16"
Curved Head
3 3 ⁄ 16"
0"
Unit Dimension Height
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Width Varies to Match Door or
Sidelight Stile Below
Unit Dimension Height
Horizontal Section
Sash Glazed for Inswing Entranceway
7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Height
Unit Dimension Width
Min. Rough Opening Width
Minimum Rough Opening Height
3 3 ⁄ 16"
1 ⁄4"
Vertical Section
Sash Glazed Transom over Outswing Entranceway
Unit Dimension Width
Min. Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
Sash Glazed for Outswing Entranceway
• Transoms are available in both 4 9/16" and 6 9/16" jamb widths.
• Clad details shown, wood also available.
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with window and/or door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete window and/or door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com.
214
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
13 ⁄ 16"
Jamb
5 7 ⁄ 8"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
5 7 ⁄ 8"
Width Varies to Match Door or
Sidelight Stile Below
ARCHITECTURAL COMMERCIAL OUTSWING ENTRY DOORS
Features
Accessories
A
C
HARDWARE
GRILLES
Accepts standard commercial
closer, panic bar, kick plate
and hardware systems from
most manufacturers.
Andersen® divided light,
removable interior grilles
and contoured Finelight™
grilles-between-the-glass
are available.
4 3/4" intermediate rail
can be added to facilitate
mounting of exit hardware.
ART GLASS
Decorative insulated art
glass designs are available.
Contact your Andersen supplier
for details.
PATTERNED GLASS
B
Sold Separately.
Patterned glass options are
available. See page 12 for
more details.
SILL
3'-1 5/8"
(956)
D Low-profile thermally broken
D
FRAME
entry sizes include 6'-10",
7'-1 5/16" and 7'-11" heights.
Also available in custom sizes.
Contact your Andersen supplier
for details.
Features a thick aluminum
cladding that meets the AAMA
2604 standard. An optional
finish that meets the AAMA
2605 standard is also available,
as are wood exteriors.
Interior extension jambs available
in any width up to 11 1/2".
PANEL
B Standard offering is a 10"
bottom rail with 7 1/2" top rail
to conceal closure hardware.
Optional 12" bottom rail and
custom width stiles are also
available. Contact your Andersen
supplier for details.
Exterior
White
Sandtone
Complies with accessibility
requirements for commercial
and residential applications.
See page 216 for details.
Commercial grade ball bearing
stainless steel hinges.
GLASS
C High-Performance™ glass
options include:
• Low-E4® tempered glass
• Low-E4® SmartSun™
tempered glass
• Low-E4® Sun tempered glass
Additional glass options are
available. Contact your Andersen
supplier. (Glass option must be
specified.)
For more information about
glass, patterned glass, grilles
and installation accessories,
contact your Andersen supplier.
Interior
Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order.
Terratone®
Forest Green Prairie Grass Dark Chestnut Black
Birch Bark
Dove Gray
Slate
Blue Spruce
Architectural Entranceways
Commercial Outswing
Entry Doors
A Standard commercial
mill-finished aluminum sill is
standard. Bronze anodized finish
is also available. Innovative dam
design adds protection against
water infiltration. The sill can be
extended to the interior for various
wall conditions.
Other species also available.
pine
oak
maple
alder
birch bark
cherry
douglas fir
mahogany*
white
primed white
Custom colors
available.
Terra Cotta
Cocoa Bean Dark Ivy
Canvas
River Rock
Driftwood
Coral Green
Red Rock
Dark Bronze Midnight Blue
Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication.
See your dealer for actual color samples.
Grilles are available to match the door’s interior and exterior.
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make
each entry door and transom one-of-a-kind.
* Actual wood is Sapele, also known as African mahogany,
a non-endangered hardwood with color and characteristics
similar to American mahoganies.
215
ARCHITECTURAL COMMERCIAL OUTSWING ENTRY DOORS
Table of Commercial Outswing Entry Door and Sidelight Sizes
Scale 1 ⁄ 8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
1'-3 7 ⁄ 8"
2'-1 5 ⁄ 8"
2'-7 5 ⁄ 8"
2'-9 5 ⁄ 8"
6'-2 3 ⁄4"
3'-9 7 ⁄ 8"
6'-10"
Door
Dimension
3'-1 5 ⁄ 8"
Custom-size doors are available in 1 ⁄ 8"
increments.
7'-1 5 ⁄ 16"
Standard sizes are shown.
Available in both 10" and 12" bottom rail
heights. For additional stile widths and
additional options contact your Andersen
supplier.
7'-11"
For available rectangular, archtop or
Accessible Door Regulations
Residential - Federal Fair Housing Act
Fair Housing Act references ANSI standard #A117 for doors.
ANSI A117.1 Basic Requirements
1. Maximum height threshold = 1 ⁄ 2"
2. Clear opening width with slab in 90° open position = 2'-8"
3. Clear opening height = 6'-8"
4. Minimum bottom rail height = 10"
Commercial - Federal
Federal
1. Maximum height threshold = 1 ⁄ 2"
2. Clear opening width with slab in 90° open position = 2'-8"
3. Clear opening height = 6'-8"
4. Minimum bottom rail height = 10"
Check local building codes. See page 218 for threshold and bottom rail details.
216
Circle Top™ transoms see pages 213-214.
Entry Door Heights
ACDxx68
ACDxx70
ACDxx68AP/PA
ACDxx80
ACDxx70AP/PA
ACDxx80AP/PA
ACSLDxx68 (left)
ACSLOxx68 (right)
ACSLDxx70 (left)
ACSLOxx70 (right)
ACSLDxx80 (left)
ACSLOxx80 (right)
Commercial Outswing Entry Door Dimensions & Opening Specifications
Min. Rough Opening
Outswing
Clear Opgn Clear Opgn
Full Width
Full Height
Inches
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Clear Opgn
90° Width
Inches
Venting
Sq.Ft.
Glass
Area
Sq.Ft.
Clear
Opening
Sq.Ft.
Overall Door
Area
Sq.Ft.
ACD3068
37 11/16"
82"
38 3/16"
82 1/2"
33 1/8"
35 1/16"
ACD3668
43 11/16"
82"
44 3/16"
82 1/2"
39 1/8"
41 1/16"
79 7/8"
19.45
10.60
19.45
21.46
79 7/8"
22.78
13.15
22.78
ACD3868
45 15/16"
82"
46 7/16"
82 1/2"
41 3/8"
24.88
43 5/16"
79 7/8"
24.02
14.11
24.02
ACD3070
37 11/16"
85 5/16"
38 3/16"
85 13/16"
26.16
Custom-size doors
33 1/8"
35 1/16"
83 3/16"
20.26
11.17
20.26
22.33
ACD3670
43 11/16"
85 5/16"
44 3/16"
are available in 1 ⁄ 8"
85 13/16"
39 1/8"
41 1/16"
83 3/16"
23.72
13.86
23.72
25.88
ACD3870
45 15/16"
85 5/16"
ACD3080
11
46 7/16"
85 13/16"
41 3/8"
43 5/16"
83 3/16"
25.02
14.87
25.02
27.22
95"
3
38 /16"
1
95 /2"
1
33 /8"
1
35 /16"
7
37 /16"
ACD3680
43 11/16"
92 /8"
22.61
12.84
22.61
24.86
95"
44 3/16"
95 1/2"
39 1/8"
41 1/16"
92 7/8"
26.48
15.94
26.48
ACD3880
28.82
Available in custom
45 15/16"
95"
46 7/16"
95 1/2"
41 3/8"
43 5/16"
92 7/8"
27.94
17.10
27.94
30.31
50 3/4"
82"
51 1/4"
82 1/2"
44 3/16"
48 1/8"
79 7/8"
26.69
12.46
26.69
28.90
designed panels, see
ACD4068AP/PA
ACD4068AP/PA*
50 3/4"
82"
51 1/4"
82 1/2"
21"
23"
79 7/8"
12.76
12.46
12.76
28.90
ACD5068AP/PA
3
62 /4"
82"
1
63 /4"
1
82 /2"
3
56 /16"
1
60 /8"
7
79 /8"
33.35
16.08
33.35
35.73
ACD5068AP/PA*
62 3/4"
82"
63 1/4"
82 1/2"
27"
29"
79 7/8"
16.09
16.08
16.09
35.73
Direct set ACSLD and
ACD5468AP/PA
66 3/4"
82"
67 1/4"
82 1/2"
60 3/16"
64 1/8"
79 7/8"
35.57
17.79
35.57
38.01
ACD5468AP/PA*
66 3/4"
82"
67 1/4"
82 1/2"
29"
31"
79 7/8"
17.20
17.79
17.20
38.01
sash glazed ACSLO
ACD6068AP/PA
74 3/4"
82"
75 1/4"
82 1/2"
68 3/16"
72 1/8"
79 7/8"
40.01
21.20
40.01
42.57
sidelights are shown
ACD6068AP/PA*
3
74 /4"
82"
1
75 /4"
1
82 /2"
33"
35"
7
79 /8"
19.41
21.20
19.41
42.57
above.
ACD4070AP/PA
50 3/4"
85 5/16"
51 1/4"
85 13/16"
44 3/16"
48 1/8"
83 3/16"
27.80
13.13
27.80
30.07
ACD4070AP/PA*
50 3/4"
85 5/16"
51 1/4"
85 13/16"
21"
23"
83 3/16"
13.29
13.13
13.29
30.07
ACD5070AP/PA
62 3/4"
85 5/16"
63 1/4"
85 13/16"
56 3/16"
60 1/8"
83 3/16"
34.73
16.95
34.73
37.18
ACD5070AP/PA*
62 3/4"
85 5/16"
63 1/4"
85 13/16"
27"
29"
83 3/16"
16.75
16.95
16.75
37.18
and 2-panel (SS)
ACD5470AP/PA
3
66 /4"
5
85 /16"
1
67 /4"
13
85 /16"
3
60 /16"
1
64 /8"
3
83 /16"
37.04
18.75
37.04
39.55
entranceways are also
ACD5470AP/PA*
66 3/4"
85 5/16"
67 1/4"
85 13/16"
29"
31"
83 3/16"
17.91
18.75
17.91
39.55
ACD6070AP/PA
74 3/4"
85 5/16"
75 1/4"
85 13/16"
68 3/16"
72 1/8"
83 3/16"
41.67
22.34
41.67
44.29
ACD6070AP/PA*
74 3/4"
85 5/16"
75 1/4"
85 13/16"
33"
35"
83 3/16"
20.22
22.34
20.22
44.29
ACD4080AP/PA
50 3/4"
95"
51 1/4"
95 1/2"
44 3/16"
48 1/8"
92 7/8"
31.04
15.10
31.04
33.48
ACD4080AP/PA*
50 3/4"
95"
51 1/4"
95 1/2"
21"
23"
92 7/8"
14.83
15.10
14.83
33.48
ACD5080AP/PA
62 3/4"
95"
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
56 3/16"
60 1/8"
92 7/8"
38.78
19.49
38.78
41.40
ACD5080AP/PA*
62 3/4"
95"
63 1/4"
95 1/2"
27"
29"
92 7/8"
18.70
19.49
18.70
41.40
ACD5480AP/PA
66 3/4"
95"
67 1/4"
95 1/2"
60 3/16"
64 1/8"
92 7/8"
41.36
21.56
41.36
44.04
ACD5480AP/PA*
66 3/4"
95"
67 1/4"
95 1/2"
29"
31"
92 7/8"
19.99
21.56
19.99
44.04
ACD6080AP/PA
74 3/4"
95"
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
68 3/16"
72 1/8"
92 7/8"
46.52
25.69
46.52
49.31
ACD6080AP/PA*
74 3/4"
95"
75 1/4"
95 1/2"
33"
35"
92 7/8"
22.57
25.69
22.57
49.31
Direct Set Entry Door Sidelight Window/Glass Area
Door Dimension
Window
Number
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
page 204.
Stationary single (S)
available (i.e. ACD3068S
or ACD4068SS).
*Passive panel in closed position.
• "Door Dimension" always
refers to outside frame to frame
dimension.
• "Minimum Rough Opening"
dimensions may need to be
increased to allow for use of
building wraps, flashing, sill
panning, brackets, fasteners or
other items. See page 33 for
more details.
Sash Glazed Entry Door Sidelight Window/Glass Area
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Glass
Area
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Window
Area
Sq. Ft.
Minimum Rough Opening
increments.
Door Dimension
Window
Number
Minimum Rough Opening
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Width
Inches
Height
Inches
Glass
Area
Sq. Ft.
Overall
Window
Area
Sq. Ft.
ACSLD0868
9 15/16"
82"
10 7/16"
82 1/2"
3.77
5.66
ACSLO1068
15 15/16"
82"
16 7/16"
82 1/2"
3.41
9.08
ACSLD1068
15 15/16"
82"
16 7/16"
82 1/2"
7.03
9.08
ACSLO2068
25 11/16"
82"
26 3/16"
82 1/2"
7.56
14.63
ACSLD2068
25 11/16"
82"
26 3/16"
82 1/2"
12.32
14.63
ACSLO2668
31 11/16"
82"
32 3/16"
82 1/2"
8.79
18.04
ACSLD3068
37 11/16"
82"
38 3/16"
82 1/2"
18.84
21.46
ACSLO2868
33 11/16"
82"
34 3/16"
82 1/2"
9.21
19.18
ACSLD0870
9 15/16"
85 5/16"
10 7/16"
85 13/16"
3.93
5.89
ACSLO1070
15 15/16"
85 5/16"
16 7/16"
85 13/16"
3.59
9.44
ACSLD1070
15 15/16"
85 5/16"
16 7/16"
85 13/16"
7.32
9.44
ACSLO2070
25 11/16"
85 5/16"
26 3/16"
85 13/16"
7.97
15.22
18.77
ACSLD2070
25 11/16"
85 5/16"
26 3/16"
85 13/16"
12.84
15.22
ACSLO2670
31 11/16"
85 5/16"
32 3/16"
85 13/16"
9.26
ACSLD3070
37 11/16"
85 5/16"
38 3/16"
85 13/16"
19.63
22.33
ACSLO2870
33 11/16"
85 5/16"
34 3/16"
85 13/16"
9.71
19.96
ACSLD0880
9 15/16"
95"
10 7/16"
95 1/2"
4.40
6.56
ACSLO1080
15 15/16"
95"
16 7/16"
95 1/2"
4.13
10.51
ACSLD1080
15 15/16"
95"
16 7/16"
95 1/2"
8.19
10.51
ACSLO2080
25 11/16"
95"
26 3/16"
95 1/2"
9.16
16.95
ACSLD2080
25 11/16"
95"
26 3/16"
95 1/2"
14.37
16.95
ACSLO2680
31 11/16"
95"
32 3/16"
95 1/2"
10.65
20.90
ACSLD3080
37 11/16"
95"
38 3/16"
95 1/2"
21.97
24.86
ACSLO2880
33 11/16"
95"
34 3/16"
95 1/2"
11.17
22.22
217
Architectural Entranceways
Commercial Outswing
Entry Doors
Door Dimensions
Door Number
ARCHITECTURAL COMMERCIAL OUTSWING ENTRY DOORS
Arch and Rectangular Commercial Outswing Entry Door Details
Commercial Entry Door Sidelight Details
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Scale 11 ⁄ 2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
9 3 ⁄ 16"
11 1 ⁄ 2"
11 1 ⁄ 2"
Unit Dimension Height
Rough Opening Height
Unit Dimension Height
Rough Opening Height
9 3 ⁄ 16"
9 3 ⁄ 16"
11 1 ⁄ 2"
Unit Dimension Height
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
Rough Opening Height
1 5 ⁄ 16"
7 ⁄ 16"
1 1 ⁄ 8"
7 ⁄ 16"
Vertical Section
Arch
Vertical Section
Arch Sidelight (Stationary)
Vertical Section
Rectangular
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
1 5 ⁄ 16"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
Unit Dimension Width
9 3 ⁄ 16"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
12 1 ⁄4"
Unit Dimension Width
11 1 ⁄ 2"
1 5 ⁄ 16"
4 9 ⁄ 16"
Jamb Width
Rough Opening Height
Horizontal Section
Arch and Rectangular
Unit Dimension Height
Rough Opening Width
6 7 ⁄ 16"
3 ⁄ 8"
Rough Opening Width
1 1 ⁄ 8"
Horizontal Section
Arch and Rectangular, 2-Panel
Vertical Section
• Clad details shown, wood also available.
Rectangular Sidelight (Stationary)
• 4 9/16" jamb width measurements are from backside of installation flange.
• Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen® parts required to complete door assembly as shown.
• Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.
• Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to unit installation guides at andersenwindow.com.
218
Andersen® windows and patio doors make it easy
to create a wide variety of combination designs.
Combination Types
Determining Design Wind Load Performance
Ribbon Combinations
Proper combination design in conformance with local wind load
Ribbons are horizontal window combinations (vertical joins) where opposite sides
(head and sill) of individual windows are fastened to the building structure.
requirements is vital to the success of your project. To make sure a
combination is safe and that it complies with local building codes,
the combination design wind load performance capacity must
Stack Combinations
be determined.
Stacks are vertical window combinations (horizontal joins) where opposite sides
Correctly determining this performance capacity involves the
(both side jambs) of individual windows are fastened to the building structure.
following three steps:
Two basic configurations are used in combination designs;
1-way configurations or 2-way configurations.
STEP 1
Determine Building Code Requirement
Make sure that you have the proper local codes and have identified
1-Way
specified compliance values. This calculated value (PSF) will be
used to determine if the combination will be acceptable (STEP 3).
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
STEP 2
Determine Product Performance
Ribbon Combination
Stack Combination
Compare product Performance Grade Rating data to the local
building code (PSF) requirement. This will show whether the
individual units in a combination design are acceptable.
2-Way
Performance Grade Ratings replace Design Pressure Ratings for
measuring product performance. See page 269 for
further information.
Multiple Ribbon/Stack Combination
STEP 3
2-way combinations exist when multiple vertical stacks and horizontal ribbons are joined
Determine Combination Performance
together. Unlike 1-way combinations, the opposite sides (head and sill, or both side jambs)
This step helps determine whether a given product, size,
of individual units are not necessarily fastened directly to the building structure. 2-way
configuration and joining material type will meet the local building
combinations are joined with both vertical and horizontal joining material and may require
code design wind load requirement. To determine what joining
reinforced joining materials depending on the local building code requirement for design wind
material type to use (wood, LVL, steel or aluminum), compare the
load (measured in pounds per square foot, PSF).
local building code design wind load requirement to the Design
Wind Load Table value for a particular joining material.
259
COMBINATION DESIGNS
Andersen® Joining Materials and
Installation Accessories
Non-Reinforced Joining Materials
For a successful installation, designed to provide the required
Non-reinforced joining materials (also known as narrow joining materials) are used to create unit
design pressure, it is important that Andersen joining materials
alignment and positive joining between windows. Joining materials are not connected to the rough
and installation accessories be specified by a project architect
opening structure. The joining material is contained within the basic jambs so Andersen interior casing
or contractor. Andersen offers several types of joining materials.
can be applied over the join without the use of extension jambs.
Each creates a joining system that maintains the look of
Non-reinforced joins can also be achieved using accessory items such as v-notched gusset plates.
Andersen products. Choose the type appropriate for your
Please contact your Andersen supplier for specific performance and product requirements.
Materials vary depending on the type of units being joined.
combination design.
The addition of joining materials may affect the overall rough
opening dimension. Review complete installation guides
available from your local Andersen supplier or on our website
at andersenwindows.com.
Components used with each joining system will vary depending
Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door
Non-Reinforced Joining Material
(Aluminum)
400 Series Casement
Non-Reinforced Joining
Material (Wood)
Exterior
Trim Strip
Exterior
Trim Strip
400 Series Double-Hung
Non-Reinforced Joining
Material (PVC)
200 Series Double-Hung
Non-Reinforced Joining
Material (LVL)
Exterior
Trim Strip
Exterior
Trim Strip
on products being joined. Check with your Andersen supplier for
more information.
Andersen Exterior Trim Strips — A variety of trim strips for
finishing the join between joined products are available in colors
to match Andersen windows and doors.
Andersen Interior Wood Casing — Available in several wood
types, sizes and style options including laminated arch casings,
decorative plinths and key blocks.
Reinforced Joining Materials
Materials vary depending on wind load requirements. The structural performance of any combination is only as high as the lowest structural performance rating of any individual
window or join in the combination. Reinforced joining materials are used to create product alignment, positive joining and load transfer between the Andersen windows and
doors and the rough opening. Joining materials provide added strength capable of withstanding a variety of wind load pressures.
Exterior Trim Strip
Exterior Trim Strip
LVL Joining Material
Steel Joining Material
Installation Clip
LVL joining material is available for both windows
and patio doors. 4
LVL and 6
9 ⁄ 16"
x
3 ⁄ 4"
Aluminum Joining Material
End Bracket
LVL (Laminated Veneer Lumber) Joining
9 ⁄ 16"
Exterior Trim Strip
LVL
End Plate
Steel Joining
Aluminum Joining
Available in 8'-0 1 ⁄ 4", 9'-6" and 12'-6" lengths.
Available in 6'-0 3 ⁄ 32" and 7'-8" lengths. High-quality
Treated for corrosion resistance, the 4" width
aluminum provides increased stiffness and is anodized
is available and includes an aluminum exterior trim
material provides strength and rigidity. Adjacent
for corrosion resistance. Aluminum joining stays within
retainer. LVL materials are available in a variety of
windows attach to the steel joining with screws
the basic jamb of the Andersen window so interior
lengths up to 10'-0". See joining instructions for
provided in the kit. Use with casement, awning,
casing can be used without extension jambs. Adjacent
specific joining and anchoring components.
double-hung and specialty windows. See joining
windows attach to the aluminum joining with screws
instructions for specific joining and
provided in the kit. Use with casement, awning and
anchoring components.
specialty windows. See joining instructions for specific
joining and anchoring components.
260
Average Adjacent Window Dimension
Non-Reinforced Wood — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) Joining
400 Series: Casement, Awning, Flexiframe® and Architectural Specialty Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 12'-6"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 12'-0"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 11'-6"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 11'-0"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-6"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-0"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-6"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-0"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-6"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-0"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-0"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-0"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
70
60
43
31
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-0"
70
60
43
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
70
60
43
32
25
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-0"
70
60
44
33
26
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
70
62
46
36
28
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-0"
70
67
50
40
32
26
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
70
70
57
45
37
31
25
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-0"
70
70
69
55
45
38
30
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 1'-6"
70
70
70
70
59
49
40
31
26
21
3'-6"
4'-0"
4'-6"
5'-0"
5'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
7'-6"
8'-0"
C = (length of join)
PSF
A
B
A
B
C
C
Non-Reinforced
Wood Joining
Material
• Stacking of windows is allowed to a maximum height of
12'-6". Contact your Andersen supplier for information about
taller combination heights.
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
Average Adjacent Window Dimension
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 12'-0"
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 11'-6"
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 11'-0"
26
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-6"
28
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-0"
29
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-6"
30
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-0"
32
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-6"
34
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-0"
36
27
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
39
28
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-0"
41
30
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
45
33
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-0"
48
35
27
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
53
39
30
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-0"
58
42
33
26
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
64
47
36
29
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-0"
70
53
41
32
26
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
70
60
46
37
30
25
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-0"
70
70
54
43
35
29
24
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
70
70
65
52
42
34
29
25
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-0"
70
70
70
64
52
43
36
31
25
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 1'-6"
70
70
70
70
70
57
48
41
33
27
22
3'-0"
3'-6"
4'-0"
4'-6"
5'-0"
5'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
7'-6"
8'-0"
C = (length of join)
Height
A + B ÷ 2 = 12'-6"
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
Non-Reinforced Wood — 2-Way Joining
400 Series: Casement, Awning, Flexiframe® and Architectural Specialty Windows
Non-Reinforced
Wood Joining
Material
Width
PSF
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
261
COMBINATION DESIGNS
Average Adjacent Window Dimension
Reinforced Aluminum — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) and 2-Way Joining
400 Series: Casement, Awning, Flexiframe® and Architectural Specialty Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-0"
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-6"
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-0"
70
70
70
56
60
63
41
43
46
31
32
34
23
25
26
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
70
67
49
36
28
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-0"
70
70
52
39
30
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
70
70
56
42
32
25
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-0"
70
70
60
45
35
27
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
70
70
66
49
38
29
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-0"
70
70
70
54
41
32
26
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
70
70
70
59
45
35
28
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-0"
70
70
70
66
50
39
31
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
70
70
70
70
57
44
35
28
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-0"
70
70
70
70
65
51
40
33
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
70
70
70
70
70
60
48
39
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-0"
70
70
70
70
70
70
59
48
A + B ÷ 2 = 1'-6"
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
63
4'-0"
4'-6"
5'-0"
5'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
7'-8"
C = (length of join)
PSF
A
C
B
C
A
B
Aluminum Reinforced Joining Material
E = 10 x 106 psi, l (AXIS x - x) = .59 in4
6061-T6 Aluminum
X
X
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
For a join with a continuous jamb on
both sides, multiply PSF by 1.4.
For a join with a continuous jamb on
one side, multiply PSF by 1.2.
Average Adjacent Window Dimension
Reinforced Steel — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) and 2-Way Joining
400 Series: Casement, Awning, Flexiframe® and Architectural Specialty Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 12'-6"
50
37
28
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 12'-0"
52
38
29
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 11'-6"
54
40
30
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 11'-0"
57
42
32
25
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-6"
59
44
33
26
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-0"
62
46
35
28
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-6"
66
48
37
29
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-0"
69
51
39
31
25
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-6"
70
54
41
33
26
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-0"
70
57
44
35
28
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
70
61
47
37
30
25
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-0"
70
66
50
40
32
26
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
70
70
54
43
34
28
24
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-0"
70
70
58
46
37
31
26
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
70
70
64
50
41
34
28
24
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-0"
70
70
70
55
45
37
31
27
23
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
70
70
70
62
50
41
35
30
26
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-0"
70
70
70
69
56
46
39
33
29
25
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
70
70
70
70
64
53
45
38
33
28
25
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-0"
70
70
70
70
70
62
52
44
38
33
29
26
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
70
70
70
70
70
70
62
53
46
40
35
31
28
25
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-0"
70
70
70
70
70
70
66
57
50
44
39
35
31
28
26
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 1'-6"
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
66
58
52
46
42
37
34
31
28
3'-0"
3'-6"
4'-0"
4'-6"
5'-0"
5'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
7'-6"
8'-0"
8'-6"
9'-0"
C = (length of join)
A
C
PSF
262
A
B
4" x 3/16" Steel Reinforced Joining Material
E = 29 x 106 psi, l (AXIS x - x) = 1.0 in4
A36 hot rolled steel
X
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
For a join with a continuous jamb on
one side, multiply PSF by 1.2.
C
B
For a join with a continuous jamb on
both sides, multiply PSF by 1.4.
X
20
25
24
9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0" 11'-6" 12'-0" 12'-6"
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-1"
82
70
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
82
71
A
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-1"
82
72
B
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
82
75
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-1"
82
79
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-1"
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-1"
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 1'-6"
82
82
5'-6"
6'-0"
C = (length of join)
PSF
Average Adjacent Window Dimension
Reinforced LVL — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) Joining
400 Series: Casement, Awning, Flexiframe® and Architectural Specialty Windows
A
B
C
C
4 9/16" x 3/4"
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
or less
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-1"
65
51
41
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
70
56
45
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-1"
70
62
50
41
34
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
70
68
55
46
38
33
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-1"
70
70
62
51
43
37
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
70
70
70
59
49
42
36
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-1"
70
70
70
69
58
49
42
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
70
70
70
70
69
59
51
4'-6"
5'-0"
5'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
PSF
C
A
B
4 9/16" x 3/4"
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
C = (length of join)
4'-0"
or less
Average Adjacent Window Dimension
6 9/16"
LVL
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
38
32
26
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-1"
82
75
63
56
49
45
39
33
26
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
82
75
63
57
50
46
40
34
28
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-1"
82
75
64
58
51
47
41
35
29
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
82
77
66
60
54
50
44
37
30
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-1"
82
79
68
63
56
52
46
39
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
82
82
73
67
60
56
50
43
35
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-1"
82
82
77
71
64
60
53
46
38
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
82
82
82
79
71
67
60
52
42
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-1"
82
82
82
82
78
74
66
57
47
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
82
82
82
82
82
82
78
68
56
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-1"
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
79
66
A + B ÷ 2 = 1'-6"
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
7'-6"
8'-0"
8'-6"
9'-0"
9'-6"
10'-0"
C = (length of join)
PSF
or less
C
A
B
6 9/16" x 3/4"
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
• 2-way joining must be assembled on the job tsite within
the rough opening.
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
263
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
4 9/16"
LVL
Average Adjacent Window Dim.
Reinforced LVL — 2-Way Joining
400 Series: Casement, Awning, Flexiframe® and Architectural Specialty Windows
COMBINATION DESIGNS
Average Adjacent Window Dimension
Non-Reinforced — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) Joining
400 Series: Woodwright® and Tilt-Wash Double-Hung, Picture and Transom Insert Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 12'-0"
50
34
24
18
A + B ÷ 2 = 11'-0"
50
34
24
18
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-0"
50
34
24
18
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-0"
50
34
24
18
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-0"
50
34
25
19
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-0"
50
35
26
20
16
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-0"
50
38
28
22
18
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-0"
50
42
32
26
21
17
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-0"
50
50
39
31
25
21
17
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-0"
50
50
50
40
33
28
23
18
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-0"
50
50
50
50
49
41
34
27
22
3'-6"
4'-0"
4'-6"
5'-0"
5'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
7'-6"
C = (length of join)
A
B
B
A
C
PSF
C
Installation brackets should be
used at the ends of each join to
attach units to the opening.
or less
• Only 1-way combinations similar to those shown above are allowed.
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
Non-Reinforced — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) and 2-Way Joining
200 Series: Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
A
Ribbon or stack of 5 units or less with a maximum width/height of 12'-6".
No inverted T-joins or palladian configurations are allowed.
A
2-way combinations are limited to 2 units wide by 2 units tall with a maximum 6' wide by
7'-6" tall and have vertical joining priority.
B
C
C
V-notched gussets are required for stacks greater than 8' high, ribbons greater than 9' wide
and all 2-way combinations.
B
Andersen® 200 Series
V-Notch Gusset Plate
Maximum design pressure 30 PSF
Reinforced Steel — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) Joining and 2-Way Joining
400 Series: Woodwright® Double-Hung, Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
200 Series: Narroline® Double-Hung Windows
Average Adjacent Window Dimension
• This table shows value up to 50 PSF to accomodate combinations of PG Upgrade windows.
The rating of a combination cannot exceed the lowest rating of the individual windows used.
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
A
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
50
40
35
30
27
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-1"
50
40
35
30
27
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
50
40
35
30
27
24
22
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-1"
50
40
36
30
28
24
23
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
50
41
36
31
29
26
24
21
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-1"
50
42
37
32
30
27
25
22
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
50
43
39
34
32
28
27
24
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-1"
50
45
41
36
34
30
28
26
25
22
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
50
50
45
40
37
34
32
29
28
26
24
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-1"
50
50
50
44
41
37
35
32
30
28
26
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
50
50
50
50
48
44
41
38
36
34
31
26
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-1"
50
50
50
50
50
50
48
44
41
38
36
34
30
24
21
5'-6"
6'-1"
6'-6"
7'-1"
7'-6"
8'-1"
8'-6"
9'-1"
9'-6"
10'-1"
10'-6"
11'-1"
11'-6"
12'-1"
12'-6"
C = (length of join)
PSF
or less
264
B
C
A
B
C
V-Notch
Gusset Plate
4" x 3/16" Steel Reinforced Joining Material
E = 29 x 106 psi, l (AXIS x - x) = 1.0 in4
A36 hot rolled steel
X
X
9
4 /16"
LVL
Average Adjacent Window Dimension
Reinforced LVL — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) Joining
400 Series: Woodwright® Double-Hung, Tilt-Wash Double-Hung, Tilt-Wash Picture, Tilt-Wash Transom and Flexiframe® Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-1"
82
70
62
50
40
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
82
71
63
51
42
33
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-1"
82
72
64
53
43
35
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
82
75
68
56
46
38
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-1"
82
79
71
59
49
39
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
82
82
78
65
54
44
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-1"
82
82
82
72
59
48
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
82
82
82
82
70
57
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-1"
82
82
82
82
81
66
A + B ÷ 2 = 1'-6"
82
82
82
82
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 1'-0"
82
82
82
82
82
82
6'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
7'-6"
8'-0"
C = (length of join)
PSF
A
B
A
C
B
C
4 9/16" x 3/4"
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
or less
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
Reinforced LVL — 2-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) Joining
400 Series: Woodwright® Double-Hung, Tilt-Wash Double-Hung, Tilt-Wash Picture, Tilt-Wash Transom and Flexiframe® Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
38
32
26
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-1"
82
75
63
56
49
45
39
33
26
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
82
75
63
57
50
46
40
34
28
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-1"
82
75
64
58
51
47
41
35
29
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
82
77
66
60
54
50
44
37
30
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-1"
82
79
68
63
56
52
46
39
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
82
82
73
67
60
56
50
43
35
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-1"
82
82
77
71
64
60
53
46
38
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
82
82
82
79
71
67
60
52
42
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-1"
82
82
82
82
78
74
66
57
47
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
82
82
82
82
82
82
78
68
56
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-1"
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
79
66
A + B ÷ 2 = 1'-6"
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
7'-6"
8'-0"
8'-6"
9'-0"
9'-6"
10'-0"
C = (length of join)
PSF
A
B
C
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
Average Adjacent Window/Door Dimension
6 9/16"
LVL
6 9/16" x 3/4"
LVL Reinforced
Joining Material
or less
• 2-way joining must be assembled on the job site within the rough opening.
• When creating 2-way combinations, 6 9/16" minumum wall thickness and 6 9/16" LVL joining material is required.
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
265
COMBINATION DESIGNS
Non-Reinforced Direct Jamb to Jamb — 1-Way Vertical (ribbon) Joining
400 Series: Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Doors, 1-Panel and 2-Panel
200 Series: Narroline® Gliding, Perma-Shield® Gliding Patio Door
8'
Max
Maximum design
pressure 20 PSF
Non-Reinforced Aluminum — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) Joining
400 Series: Frenchwood® Hinged Inswing and Outswing Patio Doors, Frenchwood® Patio Door Sidelights and Transoms
Maximum design
pressure 25 PSF
8'
Max
Do not join hinge jamb to hinge jamb.
Aluminum Non-Reinforced
Joining Material
Non-Reinforced Aluminum — 2-Way Joining
400 Series: Frenchwood® Hinged Inswing and Outswing Patio Doors, Frenchwood® Patio Door Sidelights and Transoms
10'
Max
Maximum design
pressure 20 PSF
Aluminum Non-Reinforced
Joining Material
Do not join hinge jamb to hinge jamb.
Reinforced LVL — 1-Way Horizontal (stack) or Vertical (ribbon) Joining
400 Series: Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Doors, 1-Panel and 2-Panel
200 Series: Narroline® Gliding, Perma-Shield® Gliding Patio Door
8'
Max
266
The structural performance of any combination is only as high
as the lowest structural performance of any individual window
or door or join in the combination.
Maximum rating for 4 9/16" LVL is equivalent to +62/-77 PSF.
Maximum for 4-panel patio doors is equivalent to 40 PSF.
4 9/16" x 3/4"
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
Reinforced LVL — 2-Way Joining
30
27
25
23
21
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-9"
31
29
26
24
22
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
32
29
27
25
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-3"
33
30
27
25
23
21
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-0"
34
31
29
24
24
22
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-9"
35
32
29
27
25
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
36
33
31
28
26
24
22
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-3"
37
34
31
29
27
25
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-0"
39
35
33
30
27
25
23
22
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-9"
40
37
34
31
29
27
25
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
42
38
35
33
30
27
25
23
22
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-3"
43
40
37
34
31
29
27
25
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-0"
45
42
39
35
33
30
27
25
23
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-9"
47
44
40
37
34
31
29
27
25
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
50
46
42
39
35
33
30
28
26
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-3"
53
49
45
41
37
35
32
29
27
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-0"
56
51
47
43
39
37
33
31
29
27
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-9"
59
54
50
46
42
39
35
33
30
28
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
63
57
53
49
45
41
38
35
32
30
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-3"
67
62
57
52
48
44
41
37
33
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-0"
73
67
61
56
51
47
43
40
37
34
7'-9"
8'-0"
8'-3"
8'-6"
8'-9"
9'-0"
9'-3"
9'-6"
9'-9"
10'-0"
45
43
43
41
41
40
37
36
35
35
C = (length of join)
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-0"
Average Adjacent Window/Door Dimension
6 9/16"
LVL
PSF
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-9"
46
45
44
43
42
41
38
37
37
35
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
47
46
45
44
43
42
39
38
37
37
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-3"
49
47
47
45
44
43
40
39
39
38
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-0"
50
49
48
47
45
45
41
41
40
39
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-9"
51
51
49
48
47
46
43
42
41
40
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
53
52
51
50
49
47
44
43
42
41
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-3"
55
54
53
51
50
49
46
45
44
43
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-0"
57
56
55
53
52
51
47
47
45
45
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-9"
59
58
57
55
54
53
49
49
47
47
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
62
61
59
57
56
55
51
51
49
49
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-3"
65
63
61
60
59
57
53
53
51
51
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-0"
67
66
64
63
61
60
56
55
54
53
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-9"
71
69
67
65
64
63
59
57
57
55
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
74
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-3"
77
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-0"
77
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-9"
77
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
77
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-3"
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-0"
C = (length of join)
PSF
73
71
69
67
65
62
61
59
58
76
75
73
71
69
65
64
63
61
77
77
77
75
73
69
67
66
65
77
77
77
77
77
73
72
70
69
77
77
77
77
77
77
76
75
73
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
7'-9"
8'-0"
8'-3"
8'-6"
8'-9"
9'-0"
9'-3"
9'-6"
9'-9"
10'-0"
4 9/16" x 3/4"
LVL Reinforced
Joining Material
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
Average Adjacent Window/Door Dimension
4 9/16"
LVL
400 Series: Frenchwood®
Hinged Inswing and
Outswing Patio Doors,
Frenchwood® Patio Door
Sidelights and Transoms
200 Series: Narroline®
Gliding, Perma-Shield®
Gliding Patio Doors
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-0"
• Structural performance of any combination is
only as high as the lowest structural performance
of any individual unit or join in the combination.
• Numerical values represent structural
pressure only.
Do not join hinge jamb to hinge jamb.
6 9/16" x 3/4"
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
267
COMBINATION DESIGNS
Average Adjacent Window/Door Dimension
Reinforced Steel — 1-Way or 2-Way Horizontal or Vertical Joining
400/200 Series Patio Doors and 400 Series Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 12'-6"
40
37
33
25
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 12'-1"
40
37
34
26
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 11'-6"
40
38
35
27
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 11'-1"
40
39
36
29
25
C
A
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-6"
40
40
37
30
27
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 10'-1"
40
40
37
32
28
22
A
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-6"
40
40
39
34
30
23
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 9'-1"
40
40
40
36
32
25
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-6"
40
40
40
37
34
27
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 8'-1"
40
40
40
39
36
28
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-6"
40
40
40
40
37
31
27
40
40
40
40
40
32
28
22
40
40
40
40
40
36
31
25
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-1"
40
40
40
40
40
39
36
27
24
40
40
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-6"
40
A + B ÷ 2 = 4'-1"
40
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-6"
40
A + B ÷ 2 = 3'-1"
40
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-6"
A + B ÷ 2 = 2'-1"
C = (length of join)
20
40
40
40
40
40
37
30
25
24
40
40
40
40
40
40
36
28
25
PSF
When using exterior extension
jambs on Frenchwood®
hinged patio doors, special
conditions apply. For complete
installation details, refer to
"Product Installation Details"
at andersenwindows.com or
contact your Andersen supplier.
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 7'-1"
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-6"
B
C
A + B ÷ 2 = 6'-6"
A + B ÷ 2 = 5'-1"
Intended for use with patio
door to window joins only.
Please refer to patio door
tables for further information
regarding structural support
between doors.
B
40
40
40
40
40
40
37
31
27
23
20
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
37
30
26
25
21
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
36
27
26
25
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
36
30
26
23
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
38
34
26
20
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
34
28
5'-6"
6'-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
7'-6"
8'-0"
8'-6"
9'-0"
9'-6"
10'-0"
10'-6"
11'-0"
11'-6"
12'-0"
12'-6"
or less
• Design wind load ratings measure resistance to horizontal wind loads only. Proper vertical structural support (hanging units, separating with header) to protect against the transfer of load from the transom units onto the top of the
door is the responsibility of the architect, building designer, engineer or owner.
• Numerical values represent structural pressure only.
Figure 1
Andersen recommends use of a separating structural header between the door head
and sill of any transom unit(s). If you choose not to use a header, and a single row of
transom units is desired above the door, make sure the units are securely fastened to
the adjacent framing and securely “hung” by screwing through the transom unit frame(s)
into the header above. Steel joining may be required. IMPORTANT: HEADER SAG MAY
Figure 1
ADVERSELY AFFECT THE PROPER FUNCTIONING AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOOR
AND/OR WINDOW. No weight from the transom unit(s) may be transferred to the door
head if proper operation of the door is to be achieved. For 4-panel doors, see Figure 3.
Figure 2
Any transom combination made up of more than a single row of windows must have a
separating header (by others).
Figure 2
Figure 3
Always use a structural header to separate transom windows from 4-panel gliding doors.
For all other door types, see Figure 1.
Figure 4
Steel reinforcing is recommended whenever transom or sidelight windows are placed
above or beside door units.
268
Figure 3
Figure 4
Performance Standards
Optional Higher Performance Grades (PG) & Corresponding Test Pressures (PSF)
The Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA), The American Architectural
Manufacturers Association (AAMA) and the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) have jointly
released AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S. 2/A440-08; North American Fenestration Standard/
Specification for Windows, Doors and Skylights, which calls for using “Performance Grade” as the
new rating to describe products that comply to the standard. This new version dated “-08” has
been adopted by the 2009 International Building Code (IBC) and the International Residential
Code (IRC).
Performance Grade ratings are being used to replace Design Pressure Ratings as the preferred
method of measuring product performance throughout the window, door and skylight industry to
define products that comply with all of the requirements of the 101/I.S. 2/A440 standard.
A product only achieves a “Performance Grade” or “PG” rating if that product complies with
not only the structural loading requirement, but all other performance requirements such as air
infiltration resistance, water penetration resistance, ease of operation and resistance to forced
entry. A “Design Pressure Rating” or “DP” rating will now describe a product rating that has only
been tested to structural loading and not air infiltration, water testing or other requirements for
Performance Grade.
Performance Classes
This Standard/Specification defines requirements for four performance classes. The performance
classes are designated R, LC, CW and AW. This classification system provides for several levels
of performance. Product selection is always based on the performance requirements of the
particular project.
PG20
PG25
PG30
PG35
PG40
PG45
PG50
PG55
PG60
WTP
3.00
3.75
4.50
5.25
6.00
6.75
7.50
8.25
9.00
DP
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
STP
30.0
37.5
45.0
52.5
60.0
67.5
75.0
82.5
90.0
Air
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
•• Forced Entry Resistance (FER) is always grade 10 minimum, regardless of Performance Grade (PG).
• Minimum and maximum Operating Force varies by product type and performance class but does not change by
Performance Grade (PG).
Hallmark Certification
The Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA) sponsored Hallmark Certification
Program is designed to provide builders, architects, specifiers and consumers with an easily
recognizable means of identifying products that have been manufactured in accordance with the
appropriate WDMA and other referenced performance standards. Conformance is determined
by periodic in-plant inspections by a third party administrator. The inspections include auditing
licensee quality control procedures and processes, and a review to confirm products are
manufactured in accordance with the appropriate performance standards. Periodic testing of
representative product constructions and components by a third party testing laboratory is also
required. When all of the program requirements are met, the licensee is authorized to use the
WDMA Hallmark registered logo on the Certification Label as a means of identifying products.
Products successfully obtaining Hallmark Certification will be labeled with a 3-part code, which
includes performance class, performance grade and maximum size tested.
Below is a sample certification label:
Elements of Performance Grade (PG) Designations
WDMA
In order to qualify for a given performance grade (PG), test specimens need to pass all required
performance tests for the following, in addition to all required auxiliary (durability) tests (not
shown here) for the applicable product type and desired performance class:
(b) Air leakage resistance: tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at a test pressure of 1.57 PSF.
The allowable air infiltration for R, LC & CW is 0.3 cubic feet per minute per square foot of frame
(cfm/ft 2).
(c) Water penetration resistance: tested in accordance with ASTM E547 with the specified test
pressure applied per AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08. The test consists of four cycles.
Each cycle consists of five minutes with pressure applied and one minute with the pressure
released, during which the water spray is continuously applied. The water spray shall be uniformly
applied at a constant rate of 5.0 U.S. gal/ft2 • hr.
d) Uniform load deflection test: tested in accordance with ASTM E330 for both positive
and negative pressure (pressure defined by AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08) with the
load maintained for a period of 60 seconds. After loads are removed there shall be no more
permanent deformation in excess of 0.4% of its span and no damage to the unit which would
make it inoperable.
Starting with the 2008 specification, design pressure (DP) will only represent
the “uniform load deflection test.”
(e) Uniform load structural test: tested in accordance with ASTM E330 for both positive and
negative pressure (pressure defined by AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08) with the load
maintained for a period of 10 seconds. After loads are removed there shall be no damage to the
unit which would make it inoperable.
(f) Forced-entry resistance (if applicable): tested in accordance with ASTM F588 (Windows),
F476 (Swinging Doors) and F842 (Sliding Doors) at a performance level 10 rating.
Maximum Size Tested (MST)
Test size is a factor in determining compliance with this Standard/Specification. Each product
type and class has a defined minimum set of requirements. The minimum test size increases with
each class (i.e. R, LC, CW or AW).
Minimum Requirements
The minimum requirements to obtain a Performance Grade (PG) are listed below:
Product
Performance
Class
Minimum
Performance Grade
(PG) (PSF)
Minimum Design
Pressure
(DP) (PSF)
Minimum Structural
Test Pressure (STP)*
(PSF)
Minimum Water
Penetration Test
Pressure (WTP)**
(PSF)
Windows and Doors
R
15
15
22.5
2.90
LC
25
25
37.5
3.75
CW
30
30
45.0
4.50
AW
40
40
60.0
8.00
• “Structural Test Perssure (STP)” is 150% of the Performance Grade (PG) for windows and doors.
• “Water Penetration Test Pressure (WPT)” is 15% of the Performance Grade (PG).
HALLMARK
WINDOW AND DOOR
MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
www.wdma.com
CERTIFIED
400 SERIES CASEMENT WINDOW
Manufacturer stipulates conformance to the applicable standards
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE RATING
CLASS R(1) – PG 50(2) – SIZE TESTED 35.5 X 72.5(3)
DP+50/-65 psf (4)
TESTED TO:
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-05&08
(1) – Performance Class
(2) – Performance Grade
(3) – Size Tested
(4) – Design Pressure
In the example above, the performance class is an R, the performance grade (PG) is 50 PSF
and the size tested is 35.5" x 72.5". What this means to the specifier is, based on the optional
higher performance grade chart, the laboratory tested air infiltration was less than 0.3 cfm/ft 2
(test pressure is always 1.57 PSF and the allowable airflow is 0.3 cfm/ft 2), the product tested
successfully resisted a laboratory water penetration test at a test pressure of 7.5 PSF (test
pressure equals 15% of PG), the product tested successfully withstood a laboratory positive
and negative structural test at a pressure of 75 PSF (test pressure equals 150% of performance
grade) in both the positive and negative directions and the product tested passed the laboratory
requirements for operational force and forced entry resistance. In addition to the minimum
requirements of a PG 50, the tested product successfully passed a laboratory negative structural
test of 97.5 PSF (test pressure equals 150% of performance grade) which yields a negative design
pressure of 65 PSF. Based on this test, all products smaller in both width and height can be
labeled with this product performance rating.
Important
Building codes prescribe Performance Grade (PG) based on a variety of criteria (i.e. windspeed
zone, building height, etc.), therefore structural test pressures should not be used for code
compliance. In the example above, a PG 50 performance grade rating, which passes a 50 PSF
design pressure, should be used for determining code compliance, not the structural test
pressure of 75 PSF.
If you need further details about how Andersen® products perform to this standard, contact your
Andersen supplier.
If you need further information about the AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08 standard or
the Hallmark Certification Program please contact: WDMA, 401 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 2200
Chicago, Il 60611 Phone: 312-321-6802 Web: wdma.com
Where designated, Andersen products are tested, certified and labeled to the requirements
of the Hallmark Certification Program. Actual performance may vary based on variations
in manufacturing, shipping, installation, environmental conditions and conditions of use.
269
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
(a) Operating force (if applicable): minimum and maximum operating force vary by product type
and performance class.
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
Andersen® Window and Patio Door Altitude Limits
Smaller window units are most affected by altitude changes. An increase in altitude results in a decrease
in atmospheric pressure. A sealed insulating glass unit attempts to combat this change by increasing its
volume to reduce its pressure. One way to increase its volume is by glass deflection. A smaller window
is stiffer and does not deflect as much as a larger window; therefore, it cannot relieve the pressure as
readily. Thus, the load applied to the glass is greater, resulting in a greater risk for breakage.
The chart below gives the altitude limit in feet for most products in this catalog. If the installation
of a given product is at an altitude greater than that shown in this chart, a capillary breather tube
must be ordered for the unit. Be aware that the use of a capillary breather tube eliminates argon
gas blend fill and will result in a slightly lower thermal performance (approximately 0.02 increase
in window U-factor). For NFRC certified total unit performance on units with capillary breather
tubes, please visit andersenwindows.com.
Another way the window tries to increase its volume is by increasing the edge area; i.e. the seal area. The
increased pressure applied to the edge seal load for a smaller unit is therefore greater, increasing the
chance for seal failure.
The use of dual-pane insulating glass at altitudes higher than its rating will result in severe glass
distortion, increased glass breakage potential, and a risk for seal failure.
Product
2,000
3,000
4,000
400 Series
Casement & Awning
Windows
400 Series
Casement/Awning
Transom & Picture
Windows
400 Series
Woodwright®
Double-Hung
Windows
E = equal sash
C = cottage style sash
Designate product
code as WDH, WU,
WH or WA.
400 Series
Woodwright®
Transom Windows
400 Series
Woodwright®
Picture Windows
CTR1510
CTR1810
CTR2010
CTR2410
CTR2810
4,000
CTR3010
CTR2910
CTR3410
CTR4010
CTR4810
18210
20210
24210
30210
26210
CR12
CR13
CR135
CR14
CR15
CR16
CR45
CR155
CR125
5,000
CTR5010
CTR5210
CTR51110
CTR6010
CTR7010
34210
28210
210210
38210
1832
1836
18310
1842
2632
2636
2832
3436
1846
18410
1852
1856E
18510
21036
4,000
WTR1810 WTR4210 WTR31015 WTR31017 WTR20111
WTR1815 WTR3410 WTR41010 WTR4217 WTR20121
WTR1817 WTR1823 WTR5610 WTR41017 WTR2023
WTR18111 WTR1827 WTR4215 WTR6210 WTR2027
WTR18121 WTR1831 WTR2017 WTR5617 WTR2031
WTR31010 WTR2010 WTR2410
WTR310111
WTR2815 WTR2015 WTR2415
WTR42111
WTR2817 WTR3415 WTR2417
WTR410111
WTR3010 WTR3417 WTR2810
WTR56111
WTR3015 WTR3810 WTR41015
WTR62111
WTR3017 WTR3815 WTR5615
WTR24111
WTR6217 WTR3817 WTR6215
WTR24121
WTR28111
WPW10310
WPW1042
WPW1046
WPW10410
WPW1052
WPW1056
WPW10510
WPW1062
400 Series Tilt-Wash
Double-Hung
Windows
E = equal sash
C = cottage style sash
400 Series Tilt-Wash
Picture Windows
TWT1810
TWT1815
TWT1817
TWT18111
400 Series Tilt-Wash TWT1821
TWT1823
Transom Windows
TWT1827
TWT1831
TWT2010
TWT2015
TW18210
TW1832
TW1836
TW18310
TW2432
TW26210
TW2632
TW28210
5,000
TW2828
TW21032
TW1842
TW3032
TW1846
TW30210
TW18410 TW18510
TW1852
TW1862
TW1856E TW1856C
TW2832
TW20210
TW210210 TW2032
TW34210
TW3432
TW38210
TW3832
TW24210
TW1872
TW1876
6,000
7,000
C12
AN251
C13
C135
C145
A281
C125
CXW12
3032
3036
3832
1862
1856C
2032
2036
2432
2836
3432
21032
3836
2436
20310
2042
2046
20410
210310
21042
30310
3042
2052
2056E
20510
2062
2056C
3442
38310
3842
24310
2442
26310
2642
28310
34310
2842
2446
24410
2452
2456E
24510
2462
2456C
2646
2846
21046
3046
3048
3446
3846
WTR28121
WTR30111
WTR31021
WTR4221
WTR41021
WTR5621
WTR6221
WTR30121
WTR34111
WTR34121
WTR38111
WTR38121
WTR2423
WTR2427
WTR2431
WTR2823
WTR3023
WTR3423
WTR3823
WTR31023
WTR4223
WTR41023
WTR5623
WTR6223
WTR2827
WTR2831
WTR3027
WTR3427
WTR3827
WTR31027 WTR3031
WTR4227 WTR3431
WTR41027 WTR3831
WTR5627
WTR6227
TW2036
TW20310
TW2042
TW2046
TW28310
TW21036
TW210310
TW3036
TW2072
6,000
TW20410
TW2052
TW2056E
TW20510
TW2062
TW3436
TW34310
TW3836
TW2076
C14
C15
C155
C16
CW12
TW38310
TW2056C
TW2436
TW24310
TW2636
TW26310
TW30310
TW2836
7,000
TW2442
TW2642
TW2842
TW21042
TW3042
TW3442
TW3842
DP10310
DP1042
DP1046
DP10410
DP1052
DP1056
DP10510
DP1062
4,000
TWT2017 TWT21010
TWT2410 TWT21015
TWT2415 TWT21017
TWT2417 TWT3010
TWT2610 TWT3015
TWT2615 TWT3017
TWT2617 TWT3410
TWT2810 TWT3415
TWT2815 TWT3810
TWT2817 TWT3815
TWT3817
TWT31010
TWT4210
TWT41010
TWT5610
TWT6210
TWT3417
TWT20111
TWT2021
TWT2023
TWT2027
TWT2031
TWT24111
TWT26111
TWT28111
TWT210111
TWT310111
TWT34111
TWT38111
TWT2421
TWT2423
TWT2427
TWT2431
TWT2621
TWT2623
TWT2821
TWT2823
TWT21021
TWT21023
TWT3021
TWT3023
TWT3421
TWT3423
TWT3821
TWT3823
TWT2627
TWT2631
TWT2827
TWT2831
TWT21027
TWT3027
TWT3427
TWT3827
CW13
CW135
CW14
CX125
AX251
CW125
CXW125
8,000
CN12
CN13
CN135
CN14
CN145
CN15
CN155
CN16
AN251
AN281
9,000
CW145
CW15
CW155
CW16
AW251
AW281
CX13
CX135
CX14
CX145
CX15
CX155
CX16
AXW281
AX31
AX351
AX41
AX451
AX51
AX551
AX61
P3030
P3035
P3040
P3045
P3050
P3055
P3060
P3535
P3540
P3545
P3550
P5050
P3555
P3560
P4040
26410
2652
2656E
26510
3052
34410
3452
38410
2662
2656C
28410
2852
2856E
28510
2862
2856C
210410
21052
3852
30410
21056E
210510
21062
21056C
3056E
3456E
3856E
A335/CP353
CP3535
CXW3/CP303
CXW35
CXW4
10,000
P4045
P4050
P5055
P4055
30510
3062
3056C
34510
3462
10,000
CXW45
CXW5/CP305
CXW155
CXW6
P4060
P4545
P4550
P4555
P5060
P4560
3456C
38510
3862
3856C
WTR31031
WTR4231
WTR41031
WTR5631
WTR6231
WPW30310 WPW3056 WPW34310 WPW3456 WPW310310 WPW31056
WPW3042 WPW30510 WPW3442 WPW34510 WPW31042 WPW310510
WPW3046 WPW3062 WPW3446 WPW3462 WPW31046 WPW31062
WPW30410
WPW34410 WPW3452 WPW310410 WPW42310
WPW3052
WPW4262 WPW41052
WPW410310 WPW41056
WPW41042 WPW410510
WPW41046 WPW41062
WPW410410 WPW56310
WPW5656 WPW4242
8,000
9,000
WPW31052
TW2446
TW2646
TW26410 TW2656C TW2672
TW21056E TW3456E
TW24410 TW2846
TW2652
TW28410 TW2676
TW210510 TW34510
TW2452
TW21046 TW2656E TW2852
TW2872
TW21062 TW3462
TW2456E TW3046
TW26510 TW2856E TW2876
TW21056C TW3456C
TW24510 TW3048
TW2862
TW3052
TW3056E TW3856E
TW2462
TW3446
TW2856C TW34410
TW30510 TW38510
TW2456C TW3846
TW210410 TW3452
TW3062
TW3856C
TW2472
TW21052 TW38410
TW3056C TW3862
TW2476
TW30410 TW3852
TW2662
TW28510
DP3062
DP30310 DP3052
DP34310 DP3456
DP3042
DP3056
DP3442
DP34510
DP30510 DP3446
DP310310
DP30410 DP3462
DP34410 DP31042
DP42310 DP4256
DP4242
DP42510
DP4246
DP4262
DP42410 DP410310
DP41062 DP5652
DP56310 DP5656
DP41042 DP410510
DP5642
DP56510
DP3452
DP31046
TWT21031
TWT3431
TWT3031
TWT3831
WPW42410
WPW4252
WPW4256
WPW5642
WPW5646
WPW56410
WPW5652
WPW56510
WPW5662
WPW42510
WPW4246
TW21072
TW21076
TW3072
TW3076
TW3472
TW3476
TW3872
TW3876
DP310410
DP31052
DP31056
DP310510
DP41046
DP410410
DP41052
DP41056
DP5646
DP5662
DP56410
DP4252
DP31062
Notes on the next page also apply to this page.
270
2,000
3,000
G32
G33
G336
CTC1
CTCW1
CTN20
400 Series
Gliding Windows
400 Series Circle Top™
Quarter Round & Elliptical
Windows
400 Series Circle & Oval
Flexiframe®* (rectangular) 0-19"
(non-rectangular) 0-35"
20-24"
36-46"
AFC06
AFC11
AFCW06
AFCW11
AFCP3006
AFFW5006
AFCP301
AFCW206
AFC12
400 Series Arch Windows
4,000
25-28"
47-54"
AFC13
AFC135
AFC14
AFFW801
AFC145
AFC15
AFC155
AFC16
AFC18
AFFW601
G34
G35
G42
CTN24
CTCX1
G43
G436
5,000
CTN28
CTN30
OVL1824
29-31"
55-60"
AFC206
AFCW12
AF21
AFCW13
AFCW21
AFCW135
AFFW501 AFCW14
AFFW6006 AFCW145
AFFW601 AFCW15
AFFW8006
AFFW801
AFFW1206
6,000
G44
G45
ET8
CTN34
CTC2
400 Series Full Chord
Windows
400 Series Gothic,
Octagon, Full & Quarter
Round Windows
400 Series Frenchwood®
Gliding Patio Doors
400 Series Frenchwood®
Hinged Patio Doors —
Inswing
SF CR4
SF CR5
SF CR6
SF CN3
3,000
FCD34
FCCW2
FCCXW3
FCFW50
GT2036
OC20
GT2440
GT3046
FWT6016
400 Series Frenchwood® FWT6011
Transoms
FWT5416
FWT5411
400 Series Frenchwood® FWSL1368
Sidelights
FWSL13611
400 Series Frenchwood® FWSLT17110
Sidelight Transoms
FWSLT1716
4,000
SF CN35
SF CN4
SF CN5
SF CN6
FCD28
FCD30
OC24
4,000
FWT5016 FWT4111
FWT2111 FWT3116
FWT5011 FWT3111
FWT4116 FWT2916
FWSL1380 FWSL17611
FWSL1768 FWSL1780
FWSLT1311 FWSLT13110
FWSLT1711 FWSLT1316
SF C5
SF C6
4,000
FCD38
FCC2
FWT2911
FWT2716
FWT2711
FWT2116
200 Series Tilt-Wash
Double-Hung Windows
FX5010
FX4610
SF CW35
SF CW4
SF CW5
G54
G55
SE311
AFCP306
AFCP308
AFFW602
AFFW802
SE312
SE313
SE3135
SE314
SE3145
SF CW6
SF C35
SF C4
200 Series Tilt-Wash
Transom Windows
200 Series Tilt-Wash
Circle Top™ Windows
FX3016
FX1816
FX2410
FX2016
CT20
4,000
FX2416
FX2010
FX2810
FX3416
CT24
CT28
FX3010
FX1810
FX2816
FX1820
CT30
CT18
4,000
TR3410
TR3810
TR1816
TR1818
TR2016
TR2018
TR2416
TR2418
200 Series
Gliding Windows
200 Series Narroline®
Gliding Patio Doors
200 Perma-Shield®
Gliding Patio Doors
200 Series Hinged
Patio Doors — Inswing
ISPD4168 ISPD4176
ISPD41611 ISPD4180
9,000
SE541
SE581
SP402
SP403
SP4035
10,000
CTN30-2
CTQA3
CIR30
>51"
AFC235
AFFW5035
AFFW603
AFFW6035
AFC24
SE315
SE3155
SE316
SE5406
SE5806
SE6006
AFCW24
AFCW245
AFCW25
AFCW255
AFFW6055
AFFW606
AFFW608
AFFW8035
AFCW26
AFCW28
AFFW504
AFFW5045
SE601
SP404
SP4045
SP405
SP4055
SP406
ELFW6006
ELFW8006
SF CXW4
SF CXW5
SF CXW6
GT4056
OC30
4168
41611
4180
FWT60110
FWT54110
FWT50110
FWT41110
FWT31110
FWT29110
FWT27110
FWT21110
DH1830
DH1836
DH1840
DH1846
DH1849
DH1850
DH1856
DH1860
DH2030
DH2430
DH2830
DH3030
DH3430
FX3420
FX3020
FX2820
FX2420
FX2020
CT34
18210
1832
20210
2032
24210
E = equal sash
C = cottage style sash
TR2810
TR3010
TR2410
CIR24
42-46"
>80"
AFFW1202
AFC23
AFCW23
9,000
G636
G64
G65
CTC3
CTN28-2
CTQCX
OVL3048
47-51"
AFFW505
AFFW8045
AFFW805
AFFW8055
AFFW806
AFFW5055
AFFW506
AFFW508
AFFW604
AFFW6045
AFFW804
AFFW605
10,000
SE546
SE5845
SE582
SE585
SE583
SE5855
SE5835
SE586
SE6055
SE542
SE606
SE543
SP8006
SE5435
SP801
SE544
SE584
SE602
ELFW601 ELFW801
ELFW602 ELFW802
AFC24
AFC245
AFC25
AFC255
AFC26
AFC28
AFCW235
AFFW803
SE603
SE6035
SE604
SE6045
SE545
SE5455
SP802
SE5445
SE605
FCFW60
200 Series Narroline®
Double-Hung Windows
200 Series Narroline®
Double-Hung Transom
Windows
8,000
CTCX2
CTQCW1
5,000
TR2816
TR2818
TR3016
GW3030
GW3020
GW4016
TR3018
TR3416
TR3418
FR40
QR40
10,000
FWG5068 FWG5080 FWG60611
FWG50611 FWG6068 FWG6080
5068
5080
5468
50611
54611
DH2036
DH2430
DH2046
DH2049
DH2836
DH3436
6,000
DH2056
DH2060
DH2436
DH2440
DH2840
DH3440
DH3036
DH2050
DH3040
DH2040
DH2446
DH2449
DH2450
DH2846
DH3446
5,000
2432
2828
28210
2832
30210
TR3816
TR3818
GW4046
GW4036
GW4020
GW4050
6,000
18310
1842
1846
1852
1856C
1856E
1862
6,000
TR1820 TR1828
TR1822 TR1832
TR1824
GW4040
GW4030
GW3040
GW3036
3032
34210
3432
38210
3832
7,000
DH3046
DH2456
DH2460
DH3436
FX3056
FX3050
FX3030
FX3040
FX3046
FX3060
200 Series Tilt-Wash
Picture Windows
FX3410
G63
CTC42
CTQC1
CTCW2
400 Series Springline™
Windows
3,000
SF CR3
SF CR35
7,000
CIR20
OVL2030
32-36"
37-41"
61-70"
71-80"
AFCW155 AFCP303
AFCP3035
AFCW16
AFC22
AFCP304
AFCW18
AFCW22
AFCP3045
AFCP302 AFFW502
AFCP305
AFFW1201
AFCP3055
SE3106
400 Series Springline™
Flanker Windows
G53
G536
2042
2046
2052
2056C
2056E
2062
20310
TR2020
TR2022
TR2024
TR2028
TR2032
8,000
DH2849
DH3049
DH3449
DH2850
DH2860
DH3050
FX3049
FX4930
FX5030
FX5630
FX4030
FX4630
FX6030
7,000
24310
28310
30310
34310
38310
2442
2842
3042
3442
3842
2446
2452
2456E
2462
2456C
7,000
TR2420
TR2422
TR2820
TR2822
TR3020
TR3022
TR3420
TR3422
TR3820
TR3822
2424
2432
2824
GW5050
GW5040
GW5030
FWG8068 FWG8080
FWG80611
5480
60611
6068
6080
DH2856
DH3450
DH3056
DH3060
DH3456
DH3460
FX5056
FX5050
FX4650
FX4649
FX4660
FX4040
FX4060
FX5650
FX6040
FX4046
FX4049
FX4050
FX4056
FX4640
FX4646
FX6046
10,000
FX4656
FX4940
FX4946
FX4949
FX4950
FX4956
FX4960
FX6049
8,000
2846
3046
3446
3846
8,000
3024
3424
3824
GW5046
GW5036
9,000
3052
3452
3852
2828
2832
3028
GW6050
GW6046
FR60
2852
2856E
2862
2856C
3856E
3862
3856C
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
Product
FX5040
FX5046
FX5049
FX5060
FX5640
FX5646
FX5649
FX6050
10,000
3056E
3062
3056C
3456E
3462
3456C
3032
3428
3432
GW6040
GW6030
3828
3832
GW6036
NLGD5068 NLGD5080 NLGD6068 NLGD6080 NLGD80611
NLGD50611
NLGD60611 NLGD8068 NLGD8080
PS5068
PS51168 PS61611 PS81611
;
PS6180
PS8180
ISPD5068 ISPD5076 ISPD5468 ISPD5476
ISPD6068 ISPD6076
ISPD60611 ISPD6080
ISPD50611 ISPD5080 ISPD54611 ISPD5480
* Maximum short side window dimension. For Flexiframe® units use shortest dimension, width or length, and round to nearest whole number, then use limits given above for Flexiframe windows.
• Deflection of glass will occur on units with larger glass areas. If interior/exterior grilles are used on double-hung windows, gliding windows or gliding patio doors, some interference may occur, affecting operation of these units.
• Altitude limits for patio doors shown in two panel configurations. These limits also qualify for same size panels used in one or multiple panel configurations.
• Contact your Andersen supplier for altitude limits for custom size windows and doors.
271
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
Andersen® 400 Series Product Performance, Air Infitration and Sound Transmission Ratings
Andersen® Product
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A440-08
Performance Grade (PG)
Corresponding
Performance
Grade (PG)
Sound
Transmission
Class (STC)
Outdoor/Indoor
Transmission
Class (OITC)
Air Infiltration
CFM/FT 2
400 Series Casement/Awning Windows
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 35.0" x 71.0"
40
26
22
.05
Single Sash Casement (CW16 and smaller)
Single Casement (CXW16, CX16)
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 56.0" x 72.0"
50
26
22
.05
Single Sash Casement, PG Upgrade (CX16 and smaller)
Class LC-PG70 Size Tested 31.5" x 71.9"
70
26
22
.05
Double Sash Casement (CW26 and smaller)
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 56.0" x 72.0"
50
26
22
.05
Double Sash Casement, PG Upgrade (CW26 and smaller)
Class LC-PG70 Size Tested 56.5" x 71.8"
70
26
22
.05
Triple Sash Casement (CW35 and smaller)
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 84.0" x 60.0"
40
26
22
.05
Triple Sash Casement, PG Upgrade (C35 and smaller)
Class LC-PG70 Size Tested 71.9" x 59.9"
70
26
22
.05
Awning
Class LC-PG35 Size Tested 59.0" x 35.0"
35
26
21
.07
Awning, PG Upgrade (select sizes only)
Class LC-PG60 Size Tested 84.0" x 31.0"
60
28
23
.07
Picture (Tempered Glass)
Class LC-PG70 Size Tested 59.9" x 71.9"
70
29
25
.01
Casement Transom
Class R-PG60 Size Tested 84.0" x 12.0"
60
29
25
.01
Full-Frame Double-Hung
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 46.0" x 77.0"
30
27
23
.13
Full-Frame Double-Hung, PG Upgrade (select sizes)
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 37.0" x 64.0"
50
27
23
.10
Full-Frame Archtop Double-Hung
Class LC-PG35 Size Tested 45.6" x 76.8"
35
†
†
.15
Full-Frame Archtop Double-Hung, PG Upgrade*
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 37.6" x 64.8"*
50
†
†
.10
Full-Frame Springline™ Double-Hung
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 45.6" x 86.5"
30
†
†
.30
Full-Frame Springline Double-Hung, PG Upgrade*
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 37.6" x 67.8"*
50
†
†
.05
Full-Frame Picture
Class LC-PG65 Size Tested 67.0" x 76.0"
65
28
23
.01
Full-Frame Transom
Class LC-PG65 Size Tested 75.0" x 39.0"
65
28
22
.01
Insert Double-Hung
Class LC-PG20 Size Tested 46.0" x 68.0"
20
26
21
.01
Insert Picture
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 68.0" x 78.0"
50
30
26
.03
Insert Transom
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 68.0" x 78.0"
50
30
26
.01
400 Series Woodwright® Windows
400 Series Tilt-Wash Windows
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 45.0" x 76.0"**
30
26
23
.03
Double-Hung, PG Upgrade
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 45.5" x 76.8"
+50/-65
26
23
.03
Picture
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 67.3" x 76.9"
+50/-65
30
25
.01
Transom
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 75.3" x 39.3"
50
28
23
.01
400 Series Gliding Windows
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 71.9" x 59.9"
30
26
22
.11
Circle Top™ and Elliptical
Class LC-PG70 Size Tested 59.9" x 71.9"
70
30
25
.01
Circle and Oval
Class LC-PG70 Size Tested 59.9" x 71.9"
70
29
25
.01
Arch
Class LC-PG65 Size Tested 95.3" x 21.0"
65
30
25
.01
®
Flexiframe
Class LC-PG70 Size Tested 96.0" x 84.0"
70
30
25
.01
Springline™
Class LC-PG70 Size Tested 96.0" x 72.1"
70
30
25
.01
Single Panel
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 50.0" x 95.5"
40
31
26
.01
Two Panel (8')
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 95.3" x 95.5"
40
31
26
.15
Two Panel (6'-11")
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 95.3" x 83.5"
40
31
26
.05
Two Panel, PG Upgrade (6'-11")
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 95.3" x 83.5"
+50/-65
31
26
Double-Hung**
400 Series Specialty Windows
400 Series Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Doors
.07
continued on next page
* Indicates size tested for optional performance was smaller than Gateway test size for product type and class.
** 7'-4 9 ⁄ 16 " and 7'-8 7 ⁄ 8" high units have interior and exterior brackets. Interior brackets, located on each side of the check rail, must be flipped up for proper product performance.
• “Performance Grade (PG)” ratings may vary from tested performance rating for larger or smaller units of a particular type.
• “Corresponding Performance Grade (PG)”, if listed as a single product performance number, represents both positive and negative (+/-) product performance rating.
• “Sound Transmission Class (STC)” and “Outdoor/Indoor Transmission Class (OITC)” ratings are for individual units based on independent tests and represent entire unit. Higher STC/OITC values
may be available with other glazings.
• This data is accurate as of December 2010. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results or new industry standards, this data may change over time.
• Where designated, Andersen products are certified and labeled to the requirements of the Hallmark Certification Program. Actual performance may vary based on variations in manufacturing,
shipping, installation, environmental conditions and conditions of use.
• Contact your Andersen supplier or go to www.andersenwindows.com for more information.
† Information not available at time of printing.
272
Andersen® 400 Series Product Performance, Air Infitration and Sound Transmission Ratings
Andersen® Product
Four Panel (8')
(continued)
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A440-08
Performance Grade (PG)
Corresponding
Performance
Grade (PG)
Sound
Transmission
Class (STC)
Outdoor/Indoor
Transmission
Class (OITC)
Air Infiltration
CFM/FT 2
Class LC-PG35 Size Tested 189.0" x 95.5"
35
31
26
.03
Four Panel (6'-11")
Class LC-PG25 Size Tested 189.0" x 83.4"
25
31
26
.04
Four Panel, PG Upgrade (6'-11")
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 189.0" x 83.4"
40
31
26
.04
Single Panel
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 38.0" x 95.5"
40
32
27
.12
Two Panel
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 71.0" x 95.5"
40
31
26
.01
Two Panel, PG Upgrade
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 71.0" x 95.5"
50
31
26
.13
Three Panel
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 107.0" x 95.5"
40
31
26
.01
Single Panel (3180)
Class LC-PG60 Size Tested 36.0" x 95.0"
60
31
26
.01
Single Panel (3380)
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 38.0" x 95.0"
40
31
26
.01
Two Panel
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 71.0" x 95.0"
40
31
26
.12
Two Panel, PG Upgrade
Class LC-PG55 Size Tested 71.0" x 95.0"
55
31
26
.02
400 Series Frenchwood Patio Door Sidelights
Class LC-PG65 Size Tested 18.0" x 95.0"
65
32
26
.01
400 Series Frenchwood® Patio Door Transoms
Class LC-PG65 Size Tested 71.0" x 21.0"
65
29
25
.01
Outdoor/Indoor
Transmission
Class (OITC)
Air Infiltration
CFM/FT 2
400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Doors — Inswing
400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Doors — Outswing
®
Andersen® 200 Series Product Performance, Air Infiltration and Sound Transmission Ratings
Andersen® Product
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S. 2/A440-05 Standard
(test size in inches)
Corresponding
Performance
Grade (PG)
Sound
Transmission
Class (STC)
200 Series Tilt-Wash Windows
Double-Hung
Class R-PG30 Size Tested 39.0" x 71.0"
30
27
22
.14
Picture
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 71.0" x 59.0"
50
29
24
.01
Double-Hung (1 ⁄ 2" sill stop)
Class R-PG20 Size Tested 45.0" x 77.0"
20
25
22
.07
Double-Hung (13 ⁄ 8" sill stop)
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 45.0" x 77.0"
50
25
22
.07
200 Series Tilt-Wash Circle Top™ & Elliptical Windows
Class LC-PG70 Size Tested 59.9" x 71.9"
70
30
25
.01
200 Series Gliding Window
Class R-PG20 Size Tested 71.0" x 59.0"
20
27
22
.08
200 Series Gliding Picture Window
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 71.0" x 59.0"
50
29
24
.01
Single Panel (8')
Class LC-PG40 Size Tested 50.0" x 95.0"
40
30
24
.01
Single Panel (6'-8" & 6'-11")
Class LC-PG50 Size Tested 50.0" x 83.0"
50
30
24
.03
Two Panel (8')
Class LC-PG25 Sized Tested 95.0" x 95.0"
25
30
24
.06
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
200 Series Narroline® Windows
200 Series Narroline® Gliding Patio Doors
Two Panel (6'-8" & 6'-11")
Class LC-PG35 Sized Tested 95.0" x 83.0"
35
30
24
.11
Four Panel
Class LC-PG25 Sized Tested 189.0" x 95.0"
25
30
24
.04
Single Panel
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 50.0" x 95.0"
45
30
24
.01
Two Panel
Class LC-PG25 Size Tested 96.0" x 95.0"
25
29
23
.17
Two Panel, PG Upgrade (6'-8" & 6'-11")
Class LCPG40 Size Tested 96.0" x 82.0"
40
29
23
.10
200 Series Perma-Shield® Gliding Patio Doors
200 Series Hinged Patio Doors - Inswing
Single Panel
Single Panel (accessibility option)*
Two Panel
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 38.0" x 95.0"
30
32
27
.06
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 38.0" x 95.0"*- LW
30
32
27
.08
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 71.0" x 95.0"
30
30
24
.03
* Indicates size tested for optional performance was smaller than Gateway test size for product type and class.
• “Performance Grade (PG)” ratings may vary from tested performance rating for larger or smaller units of a particular type.
• “Corresponding Performance Grade (PG)”, if listed as a single product performance number, represents both positive and negative (+/-) product performance rating.
• “Sound Transmission Class (STC)” and “Outdoor/Indoor Transmission Class (OITC)” ratings are for individual units based on independent tests and represent entire unit. Higher STC/OITC values
may be available with other glazings.
• This data is accurate as of December 2010. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results or new industry standards, this data may change over time.
• Where designated, Andersen products are certified and labeled to the requirements of the Hallmark Certification Program. Actual performance may vary based on variations in manufacturing,
shipping, installation, environmental conditions and conditions of use.
• Contact your Andersen supplier or go to www.andersenwindows.com for more information.
† Information not available at time of printing.
273
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
Andersen® Architectural Product Performance, Air Infiltration and Sound Transmission Ratings
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A440-08
Performance Grade (PG)
Corresponding
Performance
Grade (PG)
Sound
Transmission
Class (STC)
Outdoor/Indoor
Transmission
Class (OITC)
Air Infiltration
CFM/FT 2
Casement
Class LC-PG60 Size Tested 35.9" x 84.0"
60
†
†
.05
French Casement
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 56.5" x 71.0"
30
†
†
.05
Awning
Class CW-PG50 Size Tested 52.8" x 52.8"
50
†
†
.05
Picture
Class CW-PG60-FW Size Tested 107.7" x 64.5"
60
†
†
.05
†
†
†
†
.05
Class CW-PG50 Size Tested 125.0" x 84.0"
50
†
†
†
1L3R
SP-PG30 Size Tested 159.0" x 119.0"
30
30
24
.09
2L2R
SP-PG30 Size Tested 159.0" x 119.0"
30
30
24
.08
Andersen® Product
Architectural Casement/Awning Windows
Monumental Double-Hung Windows
Specialty Windows (Direct Set, Fixed)
Folding Patio Doors
Curved Top Inswing Patio Doors
Single
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 37.9" x 95.5"
45
30
25
.04
Double
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 75.3" x 95.5"
45
30
25
.04
Single Stationary
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 37.9" x 95.5"
45
30
25
< .01
Double Stationary
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 75.3" x 95.5"
45
30
25
< .01
Single
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 75.3" x 95.5"
45
31
25
.05
Double
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 37.9" x 95.5"
45
31
25
< .01
Single Stationary
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 75.3" x 95.5"
45
31
25
< .01
Double Stationary
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 37.9" x 95.5"
45
31
25
< .01
Curved Top Patio Doors Sidelights
Class LC-PG45 Size Tested 18.3" x 95.5"
45
†
†
.05
Hinged
†
†
†
†
†
Stationary
†
†
†
†
†
Curved Top Outswing Patio Doors
Residential Inswing Entranceway Doors
Residential Outswing Entranceway Doors
Single
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 43.6" x 95.0"
30
†
†
.05
Double
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 86.8" x 95.0"
30
†
†
.03
Single Stationary
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 43.6" x 95.0"
30
†
†
.01
Double Stationary
Class LC-PG30 Size Tested 86.8" x 95.0"
30
†
†
.02
Single (latch & deadbolt)
†
†
†
†
†
Double (latch & deadbolt)
†
†
†
†
†
Double (panic hardware)
†
†
†
†
†
Single Stationary
†
†
†
†
†
Double Stationary
†
†
†
†
†
Commercial Outswing Entry Doors
• “Performance Grade (PG)” ratings may vary from tested performance rating for larger or smaller units of a particular type.
• “Corresponding Performance Grade (PG)”, if listed as a single product performance number, represents both positive and negative (+/-) product performance rating.
• “Sound Transmission Class (STC)” and “Outdoor/Indoor Transmission Class (OITC)” ratings are for individual units based on independent tests and represent entire unit. Higher STC/OITC values
may be available with other glazings.
• This data is accurate as of December 2010. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results or new industry standards, this data may change over time.
• Where designated, Andersen products are certified and labeled to the requirements of the Hallmark Certification Program. Actual performance may vary based on variations in manufacturing,
shipping, installation, environmental conditions and conditions of use.
• Contact your Andersen supplier or go to www.andersenwindows.com for more information.
† Information not available at time of printing.
274
Andersen® Window and Patio Door Center of Glass Performance Data
Dual-Pane Glass (Air filled)
Fading
Andersen® Product
Visible
Light1
SC 2
SHGC3
Casement/Awning, Narroline® Double-Hung, Narroline® Transom, 200 Series Tilt-Wash
and Gliding Window
83%
0.91
0.79
RHG 4
TUV5
TDW6
U-Factor 7
%RH
@ center 8
IGST 9
189
63%
65%
0.49
38%
43°F
Casement/Awning Picture/Transom, 200 Series Fixed Units (Tempered)
82%
0.89
0.78
186
58%
61%
0.48
39%
44°F
Perma-Shield® Patio Door
82%
0.89
0.78
186
58%
61%
0.48
39%
44°F
82%
0.87
0.75
180
55%
59%
0.48
39%
44°F
RHG 4
TUV5
TDW6
U-Factor 7
%RH
@ center 8
IGST 9
Narroline® Gliding Patio Door
High-Performance Low-E4 and Low-E Glass (Dual-pane, Low-E, argon blend glass)
™
®
Fading
Andersen® Product
Visible
Light1
SC 2
SHGC 3
Casement/Awning, 400 Series Tilt-Wash, Narroline® Double-Hung, Narroline® Transom,
200 Series Tilt-Wash and Gliding Window
73%
0.48
0.42
99
17%
34%
0.25
61%
56°F
Woodwright Full-Frame Double-Hung, Woodwright Insert Double-Hung Window
73%
0.48
0.42
99
17%
34%
0.25
61%
56°F
Casement/Awning Picture/Transom, Double-Hung Picture, Woodwright® Full-Frame Picture/Transom,
Woodwright® Insert (Tempered) Window
72%
0.47
0.41
98
16%
33%
0.26
59%
55°F
Picture/Transom, Circle Top , Oval, Circle, 200 Series Fixed Units
72%
0.47
0.41
98
16%
33%
0.26
59%
55°F
400 Series Gliding Window
72%
0.48
0.41
99
16%
33%
0.25
61%
56°F
Flexiframe, Arch, Springline, Full Chord, Gothic, Elliptical, Octagon, Full Round, Quarter Round
70%
0.46
0.40
95
14%
31%
0.25
61%
56°F
Frenchwood® Hinged, Outswing and Gliding Door, Frenchwood® Patio Door Sidelight/Transom,
Narroline Gliding Door
71%
0.47
0.41
97
16%
33%
0.25
61%
56°F
Architectural Folding Doors, Curved Patio Doors, Residential and Commercial Entranceways
72%
0.48
0.41
310
16%
33%
0.25
61%
56°F
RHG 4
TUV5
TDW6
U-Factor 7
%RH
@ center 8
IGST 9
®
®
™
®
™
Fading
Andersen® Product
Visible
Light 1
SC 2
SHGC 3
Casement/Awning, 400 Series Tilt-Wash, Narroline® Double-Hung, Narroline® Transom,
200 Series Tilt-Wash and Gliding Window
40%
0.29
0.26
62
17%
25%
0.25
61%
56°F
Woodwright Full-Frame Double-Hung, Woodwright Insert Double-Hung Window
40%
0.29
0.26
62
17%
25%
0.25
61%
56°F
Casement/Awning Picture/Transom, Double-Hung Picture, Woodwright Full-Frame Picture/Transom,
Woodwright Insert (Tempered) Window
40%
0.29
0.25
60
16%
24%
0.26
59%
55°F
®
®
Picture/Transom, Circle Top, Oval, Circle
40%
0.29
0.25
60
16%
24%
0.26
59%
55°F
200 Series Fixed Window
40%
0.29
0.25
60
16%
24%
0.26
59%
55°F
400 Series Gliding Window
40%
0.29
0.26
62
17%
25%
0.25
61%
56°F
Flexiframe®, Arch, Springline™, Full Chord, Gothic, Elliptical, Octagon, Full Round, Quarter Round
37%
0.28
0.24
59
13%
22%
0.25
61%
56°F
Frenchwood® Hinged, Outswing and Gliding Door, Frenchwood® Patio Door Sidelight/Transom,
Narroline® Gliding Door
39%
0.29
0.25
60
15%
23%
0.25
61%
56°F
Architectural Folding Doors, Curved Patio Doors, Residential and Commercial Entranceways
40%
0.29
0.25
193
16%
24%
0.26
59%
55°F
RHG 4
TUV5
TDW6
U-Factor 7
%RH
@ center 8
IGST 9
™
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Sun and Low-E Sun Glass (Dual-pane, tinted Low-E, argon blend glass)
Low-E4® SmartSun™ and Low-E SmartSun Glass (Dual-pane, tinted Low-E, argon blend glass)
Andersen® Product
Visible
Light 1
Fading
SC 2
SHGC 3
Casement/Awning, 400 Series Tilt-Wash Window
65%
0.32
0.27
66
5%
21%
0.24
61%
56°F
Woodwright® Full-Frame Double-Hung, Woodwright® Insert Double-Hung, 200 Series Tilt-Wash
and Gliding Window
Casement/Awning Picture/Transom, Double-Hung Picture, Woodwright® Full-Frame Picture/Transom,
Woodwright® Insert (Tempered) Window
Flexiframe®, Arch, Springline™, Full Chord, Gothic, Elliptical, Octagon, Full Round, Quarter Round, 200
Series Fixed Window
65%
0.32
0.27
66
5%
21%
0.24
61%
56°F
65%
0.31
0.27
65
5%
21%
0.25
61%
56°F
63%
0.31
0.27
65
4%
20%
0.24
61%
56°F
Frenchwood® Hinged, Outswing and Gliding Door, Frenchwood® Patio Door Sidelight/Transom
64%
0.31
0.27
66
5%
21%
0.24
61%
56°F
Architectural Folding Doors, Curved Patio Doors, Residential and Commercial Entranceways
65%
0.31
0.27
207
5%
21%
0.24
61%
56°F
• “High-Performance Low-E4” (HP Low-E4), “SmartSun” and “High-Performance Low-E4 Sun” (HP Sun) are Andersen trademarks for “Low-E” glass.
• Based on NFRC testing/simulation conditions using Windows 5.2 and NFRC validated spectral data. 0°F outside temperature, 70°F inside temperature and a 15 mph wind.
1
Visible Transmittance (VT) measures how much light comes through the glass. The higher the value, from 0 to 1, the more daylight the glass lets in. Visible Transmittance is measured over the 380 to 760 nanometer portion
of the solar spectrum.
2
Shading Coefficient (SC) defines the amount of heat gain through the glass compared to a single lite of clear 1⁄8" (3 MM) glass.
3
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) defines the fraction of solar radiation admitted through the glass both directly transmitted and absorbed and subsequently released inward. The lower the value, the less heat is
transmitted through the glass.
4
Relative Heat Gain (RHG) is the amount of heat gain through a glazing incorporating U-Factor and Solar Heat Gain Coefficient.
5
Transmission Ultra-Violet Energy (TUV). The transmission of short wave energy in the 300-380 nanometer portion of the solar spectrum. The energy can cause fabric fading.
6
Transmission Damage Function (TDW). The transmission of UV and visible light energy in the 300-600 nanometer portion of the solar spectrum. The value includes both the UV and visible light energy that can cause fabric
fading. This rating has also been referred to as the Krochmann Damage Function. This rating better predicts fading potential than UV transmission alone. The lower the Damage Function rating, the less transmission of short
wave energy through the glass that can potentially cause fabric fading. Fabric type is also a key component of fading potential.
7
U-Factor in this table is a measure of the heat loss through the center of glass in BTU/hr deg. F sq. ft. This U-Factor should not be confused with U-Factor as measured by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC)
which represents heat loss through the total unit. Only NFRC total unit U-Factor Ratings should be used when assessing building or energy code compliance.
8
Percent relative humidity before condensation occurs at the center of glass, taken using center of glass temperature.
9
Inside glass surface temperatures are taken at the center of glass.
• This data is accurate as of December 2010. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results or new industry standards, this data may change over time. Contact your Andersen supplier for current performance
information or upgrade options.
• Contact your Andersen supplier or visit andersenwindows.com for center of glass performance data on windows with laminated glass, patterned glass, tempered glass and products ordered with capillary breather tubes.
• PassiveSun™ glass values are available online at andersenwindows.com.
275
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
ENERGY STAR® Qualification helps identify the window
or door that is best for each climate zone.
Products that bear the ENERGY STAR® logo
must meet stringent energy efficiency
guidelines set by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency and the U.S. Department
of Energy. These guidelines are based on the
heat gain and loss of each product in various
regions of the country.
U-Factor1
SHGC2
VT3
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.30
0.31
0.30
0.31
0.29
0.30
0.31
0.28
0.19
0.17
0.21
0.19
0.53
0.47
0.30
0.26
0.48
0.43
Woodwright® Insert
Picture Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.29
0.30
0.29
0.31
0.28
0.30
0.32
0.29
0.20
0.18
0.21
0.19
0.55
0.49
0.31
0.27
0.50
0.44
Woodwright® Insert
Transom Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.29
0.31
0.30
0.31
0.28
0.30
0.33
0.29
0.20
0.18
0.22
0.20
0.56
0.50
0.31
0.28
0.51
0.45
Tilt-Wash
Double-Hung Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.29
0.31
0.30
0.31
0.29
0.30
0.31
0.28
0.19
0.17
0.21
0.19
0.54
0.48
0.30
0.26
0.48
0.43
Tilt-Wash
Picture Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.30
0.31
0.30
0.32
0.29
0.31
0.33
0.30
0.20
0.18
0.22
0.20
0.57
0.51
0.32
0.28
0.51
0.46
Tilt-Wash
Transom Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.26
0.28
0.27
0.28
0.26
0.27
0.32
0.29
0.19
0.18
0.21
0.19
0.55
0.49
0.31
0.27
0.49
0.44
Tilt-Wash
Conversion Kits
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.30
0.31
0.30
0.31
0.29
0.30
0.31
0.28
0.19
0.17
0.21
0.19
0.54
0.48
0.30
0.26
0.48
0.43
Gliding Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.30
0.32
0.31
0.32
0.30
0.31
0.29
0.26
0.18
0.16
0.20
0.18
0.50
0.44
0.27
0.24
0.45
0.40
Elliptical Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.27
0.29
0.28
0.29
0.26
0.28
0.34
0.31
0.21
0.19
0.23
0.20
0.59
0.53
0.33
0.29
0.53
0.48
Andersen® Product
Woodwright® Insert
Double-Hung Window
Andersen® NFRC Certified Total Unit Performance
Andersen® Product
Glass Type
U-Factor1
SHGC2
VT3
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.28
0.29
0.29
0.30
0.28
0.29
0.32
0.29
0.20
0.18
0.21
0.19
0.54
0.49
0.30
0.27
0.49
0.45
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
0.28
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.28
0.28
0.31
0.29
0.19
0.18
0.21
0.19
0.53
0.49
0.30
0.27
0.48
0.44
0.27
0.28
0.27
0.29
0.26
0.28
0.34
0.31
0.21
0.19
0.23
0.21
0.60
0.53
0.33
0.30
0.54
0.48
0.30
0.31
0.30
0.30
0.29
0.30
0.31
0.28
0.19
0.18
0.20
0.18
0.53
0.47
0.29
0.42
0.47
0.42
0.27
0.29
0.28
0.29
0.27
0.28
0.33
0.30
0.20
0.18
0.22
0.20
0.57
0.51
0.32
0.28
0.51
0.45
0.28
0.29
0.28
0.30
0.27
0.29
0.33
0.30
0.20
0.18
0.22
0.20
0.57
0.51
0.32
0.28
0.52
0.46
400 Series
Casement Window
Awning Window
Casement/Awning
Picture Window
Woodwright®
Full-Frame
Double-Hung Window
Woodwright®
Full-Frame
Picture Window
Woodwright®
Full-Frame
Transom Window
276
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
Glass Type
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
continued on next page
Notes on the next page also apply to this page.
Andersen® NFRC Certified Total Unit Performance
Glass Type
U-Factor1
SHGC2
VT3
Glass Type
U-Factor1
SHGC2
VT3
Casement Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.31
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.17
0.16
0.18
0.17
0.47
0.42
0.26
0.23
0.42
0.38
French Casement
Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.31
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.17
0.16
0.18
0.17
0.47
0.42
0.26
0.23
0.42
0.38
Awning Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.31
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.17
0.16
0.18
0.17
0.47
0.42
0.26
0.23
0.42
0.38
Casement/Awning
Picture Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.32
0.29
0.20
0.18
0.21
0.19
0.55
0.49
0.31
0.28
0.50
0.44
Specialty Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.30
0.30
0.31
0.31
0.30
0.30
0.37
0.33
0.22
0.20
0.24
0.22
0.64
0.57
0.36
0.32
0.58
0.52
Hinged Inswing
French Door
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.32
0.33
0.33
0.34
0.32
0.33
0.22
0.20
0.14
0.13
0.15
0.14
0.37
0.33
0.21
0.18
0.33
0.30
Hinged Outswing
French Door
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.33
0.34
0.33
0.35
0.32
0.34
0.25
0.22
0.16
0.14
0.17
0.15
0.41
0.36
0.23
0.20
0.37
0.32
Fixed French Door —
Sidelight
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.33
0.33
0.33
0.34
0.32
0.33
0.23
0.21
0.14
0.13
0.15
0.14
0.38
0.34
0.21
0.19
0.34
0.30
—
—
—
—
—
—
Fixed Transom
French Door
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.32
0.33
0.32
0.33
0.32
0.32
0.25
0.22
0.15
0.14
0.16
0.15
0.41
0.37
0.23
0.20
0.37
0.33
—
—
—
—
—
—
Folding Door
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.35
0.36
0.35
0.36
0.34
0.36
0.26
0.23
0.16
0.14
0.17
0.15
0.44
0.38
0.24
0.21
0.39
0.34
—
—
—
—
—
—
Andersen® Product
Architectural
400 Series
Circle Top™
Casement Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.27
0.28
0.27
0.29
0.26
0.28
0.35
0.31
0.21
0.19
0.23
0.21
0.60
0.54
0.33
0.30
0.54
0.49
Circle & Oval Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
Arch Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
Flexiframe® Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
Springline™ Window
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
Frenchwood®
Gliding Patio Door
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
Frenchwood® Hinged
Inswing Patio Door
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
Frenchwood® Hinged
Outswing Patio Door
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
Frenchwood®
Patio Door Sidelight
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.27
0.28
0.27
0.29
0.26
0.28
0.28
0.29
0.28
0.29
0.27
0.28
0.27
0.28
0.27
0.29
0.26
0.28
0.31
0.32
0.31
0.33
0.30
0.32
0.30
0.32
0.31
0.32
0.30
0.31
0.31
0.32
0.31
0.32
0.30
0.31
0.31
0.32
0.31
0.32
0.30
0.31
0.31
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.31
0.32
0.35
0.31
0.21
0.19
0.23
0.21
0.33
0.30
0.20
0.18
0.23
0.21
0.33
0.30
0.20
0.18
0.23
0.21
0.33
0.30
0.20
0.18
0.23
0.21
0.27
0.23
0.16
0.14
0.18
0.16
0.24
0.21
0.15
0.13
0.16
0.14
0.25
0.21
0.15
0.13
0.17
0.15
0.22
0.20
0.14
0.13
0.15
0.14
0.60
0.54
0.33
0.30
0.54
0.49
0.58
0.52
0.31
0.28
0.52
0.46
0.58
0.52
0.31
0.28
0.52
0.46
0.58
0.52
0.31
0.28
0.52
0.46
0.45
0.39
0.25
0.22
0.41
0.35
0.41
0.35
0.23
0.19
0.37
0.31
0.41
0.35
0.23
0.19
0.37
0.31
0.37
0.33
0.21
0.18
0.33
0.29
Frenchwood®
Patio Door Transom
HP Low-E4
HP Low-E4 with Grilles
HP Low-E4 Sun
HP Low-E4 Sun with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.31
0.29
0.30
0.24
0.21
0.15
0.13
0.16
0.14
0.40
0.35
0.22
0.20
0.36
0.32
—
—
—
—
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
Andersen® Product
(continued)
—
—
—
continued on next page
• For NFRC certified total unit performance on units with capillary breather tubes for high altitudes, please visit andersenwindows.com.
• “High-Performance™ Low-E4®” (HP Low-E4), “High-Performance™ Low-E4® SmartSun™” (HP Low-E4 SmartSun) and “High-Performance™ Low-E4® Sun” (HP Low-E4 Sun) are Andersen trademarks for “Low-E” glass.
1
U-Factor defines the amount of heat loss through the total unit in BTU/hr sq. ft.°F. The lower the value, the less heat is lost through the entire product. Window values represent non-tempered glass. Use of tempered glass can
increase U-Factor ratings. See andersenwindows.com for specific performance values. Door values represent tempered glass.
2
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) defines the fraction of solar radiation admitted through the glass both directly transmitted and absorbed and subsequently released inward. The lower the value, the less heat is transmitted
through the product.
3
Visible Transmittance (VT) measures how much light comes through a product (glass and frame). The higher the value, from 0 to 1, the more daylight the product lets in over the product’s total unit area. Visible Transmittance
is measured over the 380 to 760 nanometer portion of the solar spectrum.
• NFRC ratings are based on modeling by a third party agency as validated by an independent test lab in compliance with NFRC program and procedural requirements.
• This data is accurate as of December 2010. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results or new industry standards or requirements, this data may change over time. Ratings are for sizes specified by NFRC for
testing and certification. Ratings may vary depending on use of tempered glass, different grille options, glass for high altitudes, etc.
• PassiveSun™ glass values are available online at andersenwindows.com.
277
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
Andersen® NFRC Certified Total Unit Performance
(continued)
Glass Type
U-Factor1
SHGC2
VT3
0.45
0.45
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.31
0.60
0.54
0.32
0.29
0.21
0.19
0.63
0.56
0.55
0.49
0.49
0.43
—
—
Tilt-Wash
Double-Hung Window
Clear Dual Pane
Clear Dual Pane with Grilles
Low-E
Low-E with Grilles
HP Low-E4 SmartSun
HP Low-E4 SmartSun w/Grilles
Narroline®
Double-Hung Window
Clear Dual Pane
Clear Dual Pane with Grilles
Low-E
Low-E with Grilles
0.45
0.45
0.30
0.31
0.61
0.54
0.32
0.29
0.64
0.57
0.56
0.50
—
—
Narroline®
Transom Window
Clear Dual Pane
Clear Dual Pane with Grilles
Low-E
Low-E with Grilles
0.44
0.44
0.27
0.27
0.63
0.57
0.34
0.30
0.66
0.59
0.58
0.52
—
—
0.45
0.45
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.31
0.60
0.54
0.32
0.29
0.21
0.19
0.63
0.56
0.55
0.49
0.49
0.43
—
—
Gliding Window
Clear Dual Pane
Clear Dual Pane with Grilles
Low-E
Low-E with Grilles
Low-E SmartSun
Low-E SmartSun with Grilles
0.43
0.43
0.28
0.28
0.27
0.27
0.61
0.55
0.33
0.30
0.22
0.20
0.65
0.58
0.56
0.50
0.51
0.45
—
—
Fixed, Transom,
Circle Top™ Window
Clear Dual Pane
Clear Dual Pane with Grilles
Low-E
Low-E with Grilles
Low-E SmartSun
Low-E SmartSun with Grilles
0.44
0.45
0.29
0.30
0.29
0.31
0.28
0.30
0.61
0.53
0.32
0.29
0.20
0.18
0.21
0.19
0.64
0.56
0.56
0.49
0.31
0.27
0.50
0.44
—
—
—
Narroline®
Gliding Patio Doors
Clear Dual Pane
Clear Dual Pane with Grilles
Low-E
Low-E with Grilles
Low-E Sun
Low-E Sun with Grilles
Low-E SmartSun
Low-E SmartSun with Grilles
0.43
0.43
0.28
0.30
0.29
0.30
0.27
0.29
0.61
0.54
0.32
0.29
0.19
0.17
0.22
0.19
0.64
0.56
0.56
0.49
0.30
0.27
0.50
0.44
—
—
—
Perma-Shield®
Gliding Patio Doors
Clear Dual Pane
Clear Dual Pane with Grilles
Low-E
Low-E with Grilles
Low-E Sun
Low-E Sun with Grilles
Low-E SmartSun
Low-E SmartSun with Grilles
Andersen® Product
200 Series
Hinged Inswing
Patio Doors
Clear Dual Pane
Clear Dual Pane with Grilles
Low-E
Low-E with Grilles
Low-E Sun
Low-E Sun with Grilles
Low-E SmartSun
Low-E SmartSun with Grilles
0.43
0.43
0.32
0.33
0.32
0.34
0.32
0.33
0.45
0.39
0.24
0.21
0.15
0.13
0.16
0.14
0.47
0.40
0.41
0.35
0.23
0.19
0.37
0.31
Andersen® Products Total Unit Recycled Content Percentages
—
—
—
Andersen® Product
400 Series
24" x 48"
Awning
48" x 24"
4%
Woodwright® Full-Frame Double-Hung
36" x 60"
13%
Woodwright® Insert Double-Hung
36" x 60"
14%
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung
36" x 60"
6%
4%
Gliding Window
60" x 36"
4%
Specialty, All (based on Flexiframe®)
48" x 48"
8%
Frenchwood® Gliding
72" x 82"
4%
Frenchwood Hinged — Inswing
38" x 82"
4%
Frenchwood® Hinged — Outswing
38" x 82"
3%
Casement
24" x 48"
3%
Monumental Double-Hung
36" x 60"
4%
Specialty, Rectangular Fixed
48" x 48"
7%
Architectural Doors
38" x 82"
3%
Commercial Entry Doors
38" x 82"
4%
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung
36" x 60"
4%
Narroline® Double-Hung
36" x 60"
5%
Gliding Window
60" x 36"
5%
®
• For NFRC certified total unit performance on units with capillary breather tubes for high altitudes, please
visit andersenwindows.com.
• “High-Performance™ Low-E4®” (HP Low-E4), “High-Performance™ Low-E4® SmartSun™” (HP Low-E4 SmartSun)
and “High-Performance™ Low-E4® Sun” (HP Low-E4 Sun) are Andersen trademarks for “Low-E” glass.
1
U-Factor defines the amount of heat loss through the total unit in BTU/hr sq. ft.°F. The lower the value,
the less heat is lost through the entire product. Window values represent non-tempered glass. Use of
tempered glass can increase U-Factor ratings. See andersenwindows.com for specific performance values.
Door values represent tempered glass.
2
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) defines the fraction of solar radiation admitted through the glass both
directly transmitted and absorbed and subsequently released inward. The lower the value, the less heat is
transmitted through the product.
3
Visible Transmittance (VT) measures how much light comes through a product (glass and frame). The
higher the value, from 0 to 1, the more daylight the product lets in over the product’s total unit area.
Visible Transmittance is measured over the 380 to 760 nanometer portion of the solar spectrum.
• NFRC ratings are based on modeling by a third party agency as validated by an independent test lab in
compliance with NFRC program and procedural requirements.
• This data is accurate as of December 2010. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results or new
industry standards or requirements, this data may change over time. Ratings are for sizes specified by
NFRC for testing and certification. Ratings may vary depending on use of tempered glass, different grille
options, glass for high altitudes, etc.
• PassiveSun™ glass values are available online at andersenwindows.com.
% Pre-Consumer
Recycled Content
Casement
—
—
NFRC Rated Window Size
Architectural
200 Series
Narroline Gliding
72" x 82"
6%
Perma-Shield® Gliding
72" x 82"
4%
Hinged — Inswing
38" x 82"
3%
®
• “% Pre-Consumer Recycled Content” is verified by Scientific Certification Systems (SCS) to meet ISO
14021 standards based on NFRC sizing.
278
About the NFRC
About the Label
The National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) is a nonpartisan coalition of professionals whose purpose
Look for this certification label on every window and patio door you
is to provide fair, accurate and credible energy performance ratings for fenestration products. NFRC’s
buy. It was designed by the National Fenestration Rating Council
membership includes manufacturers, suppliers, designers, specifiers, utility companies, government
to provide accurate information that helps you promote the energy
agencies and other building industry representatives.
efficiency of the homes you build. These ratings allow you — and your
customers — to measure and compare the energy performance of
The Andersen Corporation is a founding member of the NFRC and continues to support its work by providing
similar products. If the product does not have this label, the NFRC has
fair, accurate and credible energy performance ratings to consumers and the building industry. If you have
not verified its claims.
any questions about the NFRC, its program or energy performance ratings, write them at: NFRC, 1300
Spring Street, Suite 500, Silver Spring, MD 20910, Tel: (301) 589-6372, Website: www.nfrc.org.
Energy Rating (ER) represents
“Energy Rating” and is a rating
used in Canada for product
comparison purposes. The higher
the ER number, the more energy
saved during the heating season.
product prevents heat from escaping
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient measures
(the lower the number, the better).
how well a product blocks heat caused by
sunlight (the lower the number, the more
Visible Transmittance refers to how
it will help reduce the use of air
much visible light comes through a
conditioning and as a result reduce
product (the closer to 1.0, the more
electrical bills and energy use).
light is transmitted).
Test Standards
Performance Grade (PG) and
Design Pressure (DP) Ratings
• NFRC ratings are based on modeling by a third party agency as validated by an independent test lab in compliance with NFRC program and procedural requirements. NFRC values listed are for 2.2 mm glass.
279
Combination Designs &
Product Performance
U-Factor indicates how well a
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
Andersen® windows and doors can make
significant contributions to the success
of sustainable design strategies.
There are a number of recognized rating systems that identify and credit decisions that improve the environmental impact of building projects, including the U. S. Green Building Council
(USGBC) Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System for New Construction, the USGBC LEED Homes Rating System, and the National
Association of Home Builders (NAHB) National Green Building Standard. The following sections examine the categories where Andersen products align with these key rating systems.
USGBC LEED-NEW CONSTRUCTION v3
USGBC LEED-HOMES V2008
NAHB NATIONAL GREEN BUILDING STANDARD
USGBC LEED-New Construction (NC) v3 is a
USGBC LEED-Homes v2008 is a comprehensive green
The NAHB National Green Building Standard is now called
comprehensive green building rating system for
building rating system for residential projects covering
the ICC 700-2008 National Green Building Standard, is ANSI
commercial projects covering six categories. Each
eight categories. Each category contains multiple credit
(American National Standards Institute) approved, and was
category contains multiple credit point guidelines
point guidelines for a project team to consider during
written in collaboration with the International Code Council,
for a project team to consider during design,
design, construction and function of the building. The
and is a comprehensive green building rating system. Each
construction and operation of the building. The credit
credit points are then totaled to achieve one of four
category contains multiple credit point standards for a project
points are then totaled to achieve one of four levels
levels of certification: Certified, Silver, Gold or Platinum.
team to consider during design, construction and function of
of certification: Certified, Silver, Gold or Platinum.
Andersen windows and patio doors may assist your
the building. The credit points are then compiled in order to
Andersen windows and patio doors may assist your
project strategy in the following USGBC
achieve one of four levels of certification: Bronze, Silver, Gold
project strategy in the following USGBC
LEED-Homes credits:
or Emerald. Andersen windows and patio doors may assist
®
LEED-NC credits:
Sustainable Sites
Innovation & Design
• Wall openings incorporating air and
water management systems
Water Efficiency
Location & Linkages
Energy & Atmosphere
Sustainable Sites
• Minimum level of energy efficiency for building and systems
• Achieve levels of energy efficiency above prerequisite baseline
• Encourage on-site renewable energy
• Encourage the use of grid-source, renewable energy
Materials & Resources
• Recyclable packaging
• Materials with recycled content
• Materials of regional origin*
• Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) wood-based materials
• Meet requirements of ENERGY STAR for homes
• Exceed requirements of ENERGY STAR for homes
• Meet requirements of ENERGY STAR for air leakage
• Exceed requirements of ENERGY STAR for air leakage
• Meet requirements of ENERGY STAR labeled windows
• Exceed requirements of ENERGY STAR labeled windows
• Environmentally preferable products; recycled content
• Improve indoor air quality — naturally vented
• Environmentally preferable products; FSC-certified
• Low VOC emitting adhesives and sealants
• Waste reduction; recyclable packaging
• Provide daylight for spaces
• Windows and doors not requiring paint or stain
• Flashing details
Energy & Atmosphere
• Minimum indoor air quality — naturally vented
• Provide thermal comfort for spaces
Site Design & Development
Resource Efficiency
Water Efficiency
Materials & Resources
• Composite wood contains no urea-formaldehyde
Building Standard credits:
Lot Design, Preparation and Development
Indoor Environmental Quality
• Low VOC emitting paints and coatings
your project strategy in the following NAHB National Green
• Construction materials recycled off-site
• Wood-based products from certified forestry
• Innovative practices
Energy Efficiency
• Minimum energy requirements (mandatory)
• Fenestration (mandatory)
• Better energy requirements — performance path
• Better fenestration
• Additional practices — daylighting through roof
• Additional practices — renewable energy
Water Efficiency
Indoor Environmental Air Quality
• Pre-occupancy flush of home with fresh air through windows
Indoor Environmental Quality
Awareness & Education
• Pollutant source control — formaldehyde
• Pollutant source control — interior architectural coatings
• Provide exterior views for spaces
• Guidance for cleaning and maintenance of doors and windows
Innovation & Design Process
• Provide information for public awareness of LEED features
Operation, Maintenance & Building Owner Education
• Provide information to building manager of LEED features
• Homeowner’s binder
• Provide information to home owner of LEED features
• Building construction manual
See andersenwindows.com/sustainability for
detailed information on how Andersen products
See andersenwindows.com/sustainability for
support USGBC LEED-New Construction v3.
detailed information on how Andersen products
*For projects within 500 mile radius of Bayport, MN
• Pollutant source control — interior adhesives and sealants
support USGBC LEED-Homes v2008.
Based on ICC 700-2008 National Green Building Standard.
See andersenwindows.com/sustainability for detailed
information on how Andersen products support NAHB National
Green Building Standard.
280
Windows & Doors
Andersen Windows, Inc.
Limited
Warranty
Andersen® windows and doors are warranted in two ways.
Glass
Twenty (20) Year Transferable Limited Warranty
The glass in Andersen® factory glazed window and door units (including dual-pane glass, HighPerformance™ Low-E4® glass, High-Performance™ Low-E4® Sun glass, High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™ glass, Low-E glass, patterned glass (including: obscure, pebble, fern,
reed and cascade designs), Finelight™ grilles, divided light grilles and tempered versions
of these glass options) is warranted to be free from defects in manufacturing, materials
and workmanship for twenty (20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer.
It is also warranted not to develop, under normal conditions, any material obstruction of
vision resulting from manufacturing defects or as a result of premature failure of the glass
or organic seal for twenty (20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer.
Patterned glass (including obscure, pebble, fern, reed and cascade designs) is warranted not
to develop, under normal conditions, any material change in appearance resulting from
manufacturing defects or as a result of premature failure of the glass or organic seal for twenty
(20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. This limited warranty on glass
does not apply to special order glazings, Andersen® art glass, insulated art glass for Andersen
architectural products, impact-resistant glass or glass that is not factory installed by Andersen.
In the event a glass failure occurs as a result of a defect in manufacturing, materials or
workmanship within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) provide the
appropriate replacement glass product to the Andersen retailer/dealer you specify — labor is
not included; or (2) provide a factory-authorized repair to the existing glass at no cost to you; or
(3) refund the purchase price or the retailer’s/dealer’s price at the time of the original purchase,
whichever is less. Such replacement or repair is warranted for the remainder of the original
limited warranty period.
Components Other Than Glass
Ten (10) Year Transferable Limited Warranty
Non-glass portions of Andersen® windows and doors (including non-electric operators, locks,
lifts, balance systems, hinges, handles, insect screens, weatherstripping, exterior trim, sash
and frame members) are warranted to be free from defects in manufacturing, materials and
workmanship for a period of ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. This
limited warranty does not apply to Andersen electric window operators, retractable insect screens
or finishes on bright brass and satin nickel door hardware. The non-glass portions of Andersen®
architectural windows and doors with wood exteriors and commercial doors are subject to a
limited warranty with a five (5) year period, but otherwise identical to the ten (10) year limited
warranty described above.
In the event a component other than glass fails as a result of a defect in manufacturing,
materials or workmanship within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will:
(1) provide replacement parts to the Andersen retailer/dealer you specify — labor is not included;
or (2) provide a factory-authorized repair to the existing component at no cost to you; or (3)
refund the original purchase price or retailer’s/dealer’s price at the time of the original purchase,
whichever is less. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder of the
original limited warranty period.
General Conditions and Exclusions
The limited warranty set forth in this document is the only express warranty (whether written or
oral) applicable to Andersen® windows and doors, and no one is authorized to modify or expand
this limited warranty. All warranty claims must be made during the applicable warranty period.
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE LIMITED TO THE APPLICABLE STATUTE OF LIMITATION, BUT IN NO CASE WILL
EXTEND BEYOND THE TERM OF THE LIMITED WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE. ANDERSEN
EXCLUDES AND WILL NOT PAY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER
ARISING OUT OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND ITS LIABILITY WILL IN ALL INSTANCES
BE LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OF THE ACTUAL PURCHASE PRICE
OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT.
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or
limitation of the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitations or exclusions may not
apply to you.
This limited warranty is only applicable in the U.S.A. (i.e. the fifty states and the District of
Columbia). This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other
rights which may vary from state to state.
What is NOT covered by this limited warranty
Product failure or damage due to improper installation or modification including:
• Adjustments or corrections due to improper installation.
• Failures due to product modifications or glass shading devices (e.g., glass tinting,
security systems, improper painting or staining, insulated coverings, etc.).
• Units improperly assembled or improperly mulled by others.
• Failure due to the application of non-Andersen hardware
(e.g., locksets, trim sets, hinges, panic hardware, closers, etc.).
• Failure to properly install Andersen hardware and/or exterior trim.
What is NOT covered by this limited warranty, continued:
Damage caused by the following:
• Improper installation or use, including use of a non-commercial door as a main entrance
or exit door for a building other than a single-family residential unit or re-installing an
Andersen window or door after it has been removed from a building and re-sold and/or
re-installed in a different building.
• Exposure to conditions beyond published performance specifications.
• Water infiltration other than as a result of a defect in manufacturing, materials or workmanship.
• Condensation.
• Improper maintenance, such as use of brick wash, razor blades, sealants, sanding or improper
washing.
• Failing to properly seal the exposed wood portions of a product. This includes, but is not
limited to, the exposed wood on all sides of a door panel (e.g., exterior, interior, top, bottom,
and both sides), a door frame and wood grilles.
• Chemicals or airborne pollutants, such as salt or acid rain.
• Delivery by others.
• Accidents.
• Acts of God.
• Normal wear and tear.
Additional items excluded from this limited warranty:
• Labor to replace sash or door panels, glass or other components.
• Labor and other costs related to the removal and disposal of defective product.
• Labor and materials to paint or stain any repaired or replaced product, component,
trim or other carpentry work that may be required.
• Products not manufactured by Andersen.
• The performance of the low-maintenance exterior glass coating on products with
High-Performance™ Low-E4® glass. Performance will vary depending on environmental
conditions.
• Minor warping of wood and clad-wood doors. Andersen may defer actions on any claim
for warping for a period of up to twelve (12) months from the date of the claim in order
to permit conditioning and equalization to humidity and temperature conditions.
• Slight glass curvature, minor scratches or other imperfections in the glass that
do not impair structural integrity or significantly obscure normal vision.
• Rattling of grille bars within an air space.
• Tarnish or corrosion to hardware finishes.
• Special glazings. Contact us concerning the limited warranty on special glazings.
• Andersen® art glass and decorative insulated art glass, impact-resistant glass, electric
window operators, retractable insect screens and bright brass and satin nickel finishes
on door hardware. Contact us or refer to the specific limited warranties for these products.
• Andersen® 100 Series windows and doors, storm doors and Renewal by Andersen® products
have their own limited warranties and are not covered by this limited warranty.
• Service trips to provide instruction on product use.
How to register your Owner-To-Owner® limited warranty
Andersen offers quick, easy warranty registration on our website. Just go to
www.andersenwindows.com/warranty and submit your
warranty information online. By registering, you will expedite
any warranty service you may have in the future. In addition,
you can receive product information updates, safety notices
and special offers regarding new products, as well as
information regarding enhancements for the windows and
doors you’ve registered. All warranty information is treated
confidentially and will not be sold or traded to any person or
organization outside of Andersen and the Andersen Dealer Network.
How to get help
For further information or to make a claim within this limited warranty period, please contact
the Andersen retailer/dealer who supplied you with your Andersen® product. If unavailable or
unknown to you, you may contact us at:
Andersen Windows, Inc. / Andersen Service Center
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003-1096
You may also contact us using the Service section of our web site at
www.andersenwindows.com or reach us by phone at 1-888-888-7020.
You can help us serve you faster by providing the following important information:
• Description of the product such as the exterior color, unit type and size and inside visible glass
measurements.
• Glass logo information etched in the inside corner of the glass.
• Description of product concerns.
• Documentation of the purchase date, if available.
• Your name, address (with zip code) where the product is installed and telephone numbers.
If the limited warranty period has expired or for repairs not covered by the limited warranty,
many replacement parts are available for purchase. When warranty coverage is unclear,
Andersen may charge an inspection fee for any on-site product inspection. If the inspector
determines the Andersen® product has a defect covered by this limited warranty, the inspection
fee will be waived.
For specific warranty information outside the United States,
please contact your local distributor or write to:
Andersen Corporation /International Division
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003-1096 USA
“Andersen” and all other marks where denoted are trademarks of Andersen Corporation.
© 2011 Andersen Corporation. All rights reserved. Printed and effective as of March 2011.
4780500 BD
Revised 03/31/11
251 200 Series
Hinged Patio Doors —
Inswing
259 Combination Designs
& Product Performance
203 Architectural
Entranceways
219 200 Series
Tilt-Wash
Double-Hung Windows
225 200 Series
Narroline®
Double-Hung Windows
141 400 Series &
200 Series
Exterior Trim
189 Architectural
Folding Outswing
Patio Doors
145 400 Series
Frenchwood®
Gliding Patio Doors
153 400 Series
Frenchwood® Hinged
Patio Doors — Inswing
163 400 Series
Frenchwood® Hinged
Patio Doors — Outswing
171 400 Series
Frenchwood® Patio Door
Sidelights & Transoms
75 400 Series
Woodwright® Double-Hung
Insert Windows
195 Architectural
Curved Top Patio
Doors
81 400 Series
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung
Full-Frame Windows
92 400 Series
Conversion Kit &
Combination Unit
93 400 Series
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung
Insert Windows
99 400 Series
Bay & Bow Windows
For additional information, contact your Andersen supplier,
visit andersenwindows.com or call 1-800-426-4261.
“Andersen” and all other marks where denoted are trademarks of Andersen Corporation.
©2011 Andersen Corporation. All rights reserved. 04/11 Part #2000008
245 200 Series
Perma-Shield®
Gliding Patio Doors
185 Architectural
Specialty Windows
139 Andersen®
Art Glass
57 400 Series
Woodwright® Double-Hung
Full-Frame Windows
237 200 Series
Narroline®
Gliding Patio Doors
181 Architectural
Monumental
Double-Hung Windows
119 400 Series
Specialty Windows
53 400 Series
Replacement Casement & Awning
Windows
231 200 Series
Gliding Windows
175 Architectural
Casement Windows
113 400 Series
Gliding Windows
35 400 Series
Casement &
Awning Windows